Download Sharp AR-FX7 Service manual

SERVICE MANUAL
CODE: 00ZARFX7//A1E
DIGITAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL
SYSTEM OPTION
FACSIMILE EXPANSION KIT
(For U.S.A./Canada)
MODEL
AR-FX7
EXPANSION MEMORY
8MB: AR-MM9
CONTENTS
[1] OUTLINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
[2] SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
[3] INSTALLATION PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
[4] OPERATION, DISPLAY SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
[5] ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
[6] SIMULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
[7] SOFT SWITCH DESCRIPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
[8] MACHINE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
[9] FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
[10] TROUBLE CODE LIST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
[11] ELECTRICAL SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Parts marked with “ ” are important for maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these parts with
specified ones for maintaining the safety and performance of the set.
SHARP CORPORATION
This document has been published to be used
for after sales service only.
The contents are subject to change without notice.
CONTENTS
[1] OUTLINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
[2] SPECIFICATIONS
1. Communication system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2. Scanning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
3. Image process system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
4. Print system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
[7] SOFT SWITCH
1. FAX soft switch setting change quick reference table . . . . 7-1
2. Soft SW list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
3. Soft switch descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
[8] MACHINE OPERATION
6. Reception function system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
1. Key operator program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
B. Operating procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
7. Registration system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2. Power switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
8. Telephone function system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
3. Originals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A. Original sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B. Scanning area of original. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C. Automatic reduction of faxed document . . . . . . . . . . . .
5. Transmission function system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
9. Memory system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
10. Additional information function for transmission . . . . . . . . . 2-4
11. Additional print function when receiving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
8-3
8-3
8-3
8-3
12. Recording table system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
4. Own number sending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
A. Position of sender's information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
13. Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
5. Quick On-line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
[3] INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
1. Install of expansion kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
A. Parts included. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
B. Installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
[4] OPERATION, DISPLAY SECTION
[9] FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE
1. Program download method
(for Copier, and fax program) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
2. Others (Troubleshooting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
[10] TROUBLE CODE LIST
1. Operation panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
1. Machine trouble codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
2. FAX mode (Condition setting screen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
A. Condition setting screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
B. Address directory screen (alphabetically ordered) . . . . . 4-2
2. Communication result code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
A. Composition of communication report code . . . . . . . . 10-2
[5] ADJUSTMENTS
1. Density section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
A. FAX mode density adjustment (Overall mode)
(<FAX mode> SIM 46-12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
B. FAX mode density adjustment (Individual mode)
(<FAX mode> SIM 46-13 – 16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
2. Communication section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
A. Dial test (<FAX mode> SIM 66-14, 16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
[6] SIMULATION
1. Code-type simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
A. Operating procedures and operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
2. Simulation code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
3. Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
3. List of buzzer sounds in case of FAX abnormality . . . . . . 10-3
[11] ELECTRICAL SECTION
1. Block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
A. Main block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
B. TEL/LIU PWB block diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
2. Circuit diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
A. FAX MAIN PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
B. TEL LIU PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-22
[1] OUTLINE
This unit is a fax expansion kit which provides facsimile functions by
attaching to the digital machine AR-M237/M277 series.
To expand facsimile functions, use of RSPF is recommendable. By
attaching a job separator/finisher, copy output and fax output can be
separately discharged to different trays.
The fax board of the fax expansion kit is provided with 2MB flash memory (standard). An expansion memory of one of 8MB can be added.
(8MB expansion memory for fax, AR-MM9)
Job separator
(AR-TR3)
AR-M237/M277
Facsimile expansion Kit
(AR-FX7)
8MB
AR-MM9
Expansion memory
Finisher
(AR-FN5N)
2X500-sheet paper feed unit
(AR-D22)
500-sheet paper feed unit
(AR-D21)
AR-FX7 OUTLINE 1 - 1
[2] SPECIFICATIONS
1.
4.
(1) Recording size
Communication system
(1) Electronic transmission system
Transmission time
Less than 3 sec (Super G3/33600bps)
Less than 6 sec (G3 ECM/14400bps)
MH, MR, MMR, JBIG
33600bps → 2400 auto fall back
Super G3/G3
Compression system
Modem speed
Mutual
communication
Employed line
Public Switched Telephone Network
(PSTN), Private Branch Exchange (PBX)
One line
Number of employed
lines
ECM
2.
YES
OC
RSPF
Document size
specified
Duplex document
specified
Long document
Lead edge 5mm or less, rear edge 5mm or less
left & right edges 6mm or less
11 x 17/8.5 x 14/8.5 x 11/8.5 x 11R/5.5 x 8.5
11 x 17/8.5 x 14/8.5 x 11/8.5 x 11R/5.5 x 8.5/
5.5 x 8.5R
11 x 17/8.5 x 14/8.5 x 11/8.5 x 11R/5.5 x 8.5/
5.5 x 8.5R/A4/A4R
YES
Max. 1000mm
(A3 width 297mm/except when super fine)
(2) Transmission mode document load quantity scan
cycle (RSPF capacity)
Document scan
speed
Job build (Large
document mode)
Thin paper scan
3.
NO (Selection inhibited during scanning of a
document)
YES
RSPF: 100 sheets
40 pages/min (Normal, A4R memory
transmission)
About 1.5sec/page (Normal, A4R memory
transmission)
YES
YES
Image process system
(1) Half-tone reproduction density adjustment
Half-tone
Density selection
Equivalent to 256 gradations (Combination
of fine/super fine/ultra fine is possible.)
Auto/manual in 5 steps
Recording paper
empty detection
Paper feed
YES
All installed trays except for multi-manual
tray.
YES
Transmission function system
Rapid key dialing/
Group dialing
registration per
Chain dialing
Redialing
500 items (Total volume of rapid key and
group dialing)
YES
The preceding number in single address
transmission is registered. (except time
specification)
Not cleared even by clear all key
NO
Mode recall
(2) F-code communication
Sub address
Password
YES (Max. 20 digits)
YES (Max. 20 digits)
(3) Time specification
Time specification:
Transmission/polling
Call time in automatic
send
Time is specified in transmission/polling.
30sec / 45sec / 60 sec
Default: 45 sec
(4) Recall mode
Auto recall mode
when other party
is busy.
Recall mode
when in a
communication
error
Interval
Number of
times
Interval
Number of
times
Send page
Number of transmissions
counted in recall mode
simultaneously.
Subsequent transmission
reservation override in recall
mode
1min to 15min, default 3min
1 to 14 times / No resend
Default 2 times
1min to 15min / 0: Resend
immediately after disconnection of
the line
Default: Once
Once / No resend
Default 1 time
After the error page
Max. 50 items
NO
(5) Automatic reduction transmission
YES (ON/OFF by key operator program)
(2) Image selection
Normal
Fine
Super fine
Ultra fine
(2) Recording paper
(1) Simplified dialing function
297mm (11.7")
RSPF/OC
transmission select
Continuous auto
paper feed
Document load
capacity
Document scan cycle
293mm (11.5")
YES (All sizes except for multi paper feed. →
Recognition of the set size. The tray has no
function to detect the actual paper size.)
11 x 17/8.5 x 14/8.5 x 11/8.5 x 11R/5.5 x 8.5/A4/
A4R
Recording paper
size
5.
(1) Document size
Auto
detection
size
Max. record width
Recording paper
size detection
Reception paper full
detection
Scanning system
Max. document
width
Unscanable area
Print system
8dot/mm x 3.85line/mm
8dot/mm x 7.7line/mm
8dot/mm x 15.4line/mm
16dot/mm x 15.4line/mm: ITU-T conforming
(3) Print resolution
600dpi (with resolution correction)
(6) Memory transmission/direct transmission
Memory transmission
Number of reservation
to be set
Process in memory full
Quick online transmission
Direct transmission
Default setup
AR-FX7 SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 1
YES
Max. 50 items
Transmission cancel or only
scanned data transmission
YES (Enable/Disable setup by key
operator program)
YES (100 pages from RSPF, only 1
page from OC)
Set by key operator program
6.
(7) Broadcast function
Broadcast
transmission
Number of
destinations
Transmission
method
Usable dial
Group dialing
Relay
broadcast
transmission
Instructing
station
Relay station
Multiple relay
Number of relay
groups
F code relay broadcast
instruction (relay broadcast
instruction function)
F code relay broadcast (relay
function)
Confidential transmission (Sharp
machine mode) (Other party)
Confidential transmission (F code
communication) (Other party)
200 destinations (When group
dialing is used, the number of
other parties registered to group
dialing is added.)
10-key, rapid key dialing, group
key, next address key
10-key entry, rapid key dialing,
group key dialing.
However, an address including
sub address of 10-key entry
registered cannot be used.
Transmitted by group dialing
registered to rapid key dialing
Only from the machine having
Sharp relay broadcast
instructing transmission function
Only from the machine having
Sharp relay broadcast
transmission function
NO
10 groups
YES
Automatic
reception
Page coupling
Automatic
reception setup
Number of calls
Transmission reservation interrupt
Broadcast interrupt
Non-call reception
Manual reception setup
Setup for switching to automatic
reception
Auto reduction setup in letter
reception
Auto reduction setup in A3
reception (A3 RX REDUCE)
Answering machine connection
Reception mode time switch
Reception data print condition
setup
NO
YES
NO
NO
Set whether the received data
are reduced or divided to print,
by the key operator program.
YES (ON/OFF by key operator
program)
Proxy reception
Compulsory memory reception
Only when output is disabled.
NO
(4) Received data override output
YES (check by job status key)
YES (by direct transmission)
(10) Serial transmission function
NO
(11) Rotation transmission
8.5 x 11 → 8.5 x 11R, A4 → A4R
(5) Transfer
Transfer destination
registration
Transfer procedure
YES (Registered by key operator
program)
YES (Operated with function menu)
(6) Specified number reception
Reception of only specified
numbers allowed
Reception reject setup
(ANTI JUNK FAX)
Registration of the
numbers to be rejected
NO
YES (ON/OFF by key operator
program)
50 items (up to 20 digits each)
Registered by key operation program.
(7) Confidential function
(12) Book document transmission
Confidential reception (Sharp
machine mode) (Sender)
Confidential box
Confidential box name
By OC mode
YES
(13) Finish stamp
NO
Confidential ID code
Confidential (F code
communication) (Sender)
F code confidential box
F code confidential box name
(14) Bulletin board (remote transmission, polling
transmission functions)
F code bulletin
board
F code bulletin
board box
F code bulletin
board box name
0 to 9 times (Factory setup 2
times, variable)
Allowed by setting the number of
calls to 0.
YES
NO
(3) Memory reception function
Only Sharp machine having
confidential function
F code support machine
(9) Priority function
Bulletin board
(remote
transmission)
Polling protection
function
Automatic reception (Reception
state switchable)
YES
Auto reduction print on the
paper size
YES
YES (Allowed only from OC)
Applicable size: 11 x 17 / 8.5 x 11R
NO
Transmission method
Page division
Default setup
YES
Page division
Paper size
(1) Reception mode
(2) Zoom reception
(8) Scan specification
Serial transmission
Reception function system
YES
Check by other party’s number
Check by matching of system number
(user’s own machine), ID number
(other party’s machine) (between
Sharp machines only)
YES
YES
YES
F code confidential box print
pass code
Sharp machine having confidential
function only
Registered up to 10 boxes
Registered up to 36 letters (18
letters and displayed)
May be set per confidential box
F code support machine
Registered up to 10 boxes
Registered up to 36 letters (18
letters and displayed)
YES (4 digits)
(8) Rotation reception
Paper is outputted by rotating 90 degrees to the set direction of
paper in cassette
(9) Division reception
Registered up to 10 boxes
Division size
Registered up to 36 letters (18 letters are
displayed)
When no paper for reception of long document.
(10) Duplex reception
YES
AR-FX7 SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 2
(11) 2 in 1 reception
NO
(12) Polling
Send request
Resolution
YES
Ultra Fine (Change by the soft SW)
(13) Turn around transmission
Registration system
Group
dialing
Program
Number of items
(Include group)
Number of digits
of other party’s
number
User tag
classification
International
communication
mode setup
Transmission
method
Registered key
Max. number of
registration per
group dialing
Registerable
number
Registered name
User tag
classification
Transmission
method
Number of items
Registerable
items
Registered name
Call method
Change in setup
after calling
Relay
group
Number of items
Registered name
Relay station
number
registration
Reception
station number
registration
YES
3 types of keyboard available
YES (Service tool. Dial registration can be made with PC.)
500 items
(6) Date/time adjustment
50 digits (+ Sub address 20 digits,
pass code 20 digits)
Registered by key operator program.
(7) Backup
Backup of registration in power
failure
YES
YES
8.
Rapid dialing key + Start key
Rapid dialing key
10-key (Not available for sub
address)
200 items (The total number of
registration is 200 items.)
Numbers registered to rapid dialing,
and numbers entered with 10-key
36 letters
YES
Rapid dialing key + Start key
8 items
An setup items in transmission
excluding time specification/
document size/duplex/job build.
36 letters
By pressing program key
NO (Change in setup is available for
time specification/document size/
duplex/job build. (Specifying page
division in registration makes it
impossible for duplex/job build.))
10 groups
36 letters
10-key only
10-key dialing
For rapid key dialing/group dialing
speed dialing/the numbers registered
in relay station must be input.
SRAM used, by built-in battery
Telephone function system
Handset
On-hook function
Reserve
Pause
Telephone transmission in
power failure
Sound
Ringer volume
volume
adjustment Line monitor
sound
Speaker sound
Transmission
complete sound
Transmission complete sound
tone setup (transmission end)
Transmission complete sound
tone setup (reception end)
Transmission complete sound
time setup
Scan end sound
Tone pulse switch
External telephone
connection
Remote
reception switch
Telephone/ Sound
Fax
response
Answering
voice recording
(2) Sender registration
Sender’s name
20 items (registration/display: 22 letters)
Registered by key operator program.
Sender’s number 20 digits, registered with key operator program
(3) Polling (Registration of allow number)
Registration of
polling allow
number
System number
registration
10 items, 20 digits, registered by key operator
program
(5) Registered data read/write
(1) Number registration
Rapid
dialing
Up to 10 items in 4 digits. Registered by key
operator program.
(4) Letter input
Key entry
Letters allowed
for input
NO
7.
Registration of
polling allow ID
number
Relay ID code
registration
10 items, 20 digits, registered by key operator
program
1 items, 4 digits, registered by key operator
program
AR-FX7 SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 3
NO
YES
NO
YES (1 to 15sec: Default 2sec, set
by key operator program)
NO (However, external telephone
transmission is allowed.)
YES (Set by key operator program
to Large/Medium/Small/No sound.)
YES (Set by key operator program
to Large/Medium/Small/No sound.)
YES (Set by key operator program
to Large/Medium/Small.)
YES (Set by key operator program
to Large/Medium/Small/No sound.)
YES (Set by key operator program
to PATTERN 1/2/3.)
YES (Set by key operator program
to PATTERN 1/2/3.)
YES (Set by key operator program.
5 step by 2.0 to 4.0 sec.)
YES (Set by soft switch to Large/
Medium/Small/No sound.)
10/TONE selection with key
operator program.
YES
YES (Switch number is in 1 digit +
∗∗) 5∗∗
NO
NO
9.
Memory system
Memory capacity
Standard
Option
LCD display
Printout
Memory content
(transmission
reservation)
confirmation
Memory use status
Document data memory backup
in power failure
(2) Communication result report function
Communication
result
table
2MB
8MB
YES
YES
YES (% display)
YES (Flash memory)
10. Additional information function for
transmission
Page counter
Date printing
Date/ display sequential
switch
Cover
Date
paper item
Receiver’s
name
Receiver’s
number
Sender’s
name
Sender’s
number
Display of
number of
documents
transmitted
Transmission
message
Print paper
size
Transmission message
(Regular message)
Sender print
User message
YES
YES (month/day/year/the day of
week, year is in 4 digits)
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
8.5 x 11
CONFIDENTIAL/PLS.
DISTRIBUTE/URGENT/PLS.
CALL BACK/IMPORTANT
NO
NO
YES (Set by key operator program)
(1) Communication record function
Time-specified output
Output when
recording memory full
Output of individual
department
Time-specified
communication table
Confidential reception
check table
Broadcast
communication
report
YES (Print out all report/Print out
error report only/No printed report.
With key operator program)
Reception
YES (Print out all report/When error
occurs/No printed report. With key
operator program)
Confidential
reception
YES (Print out notice page/Not print
out notice page. With key operator
program)
Image memory print
YES (Print out all report/When error
occurs/No printed report. With key
operator program)
(3) Other report list
Rapid # list
Group list
Telephone number list
Program list
Relay group list
Transmission message list
Pass code list
Mem. polling list
Confidential reception list
Activity report
Timer list
Confidential code list
FAX key operator program list
FAX account usage list
F code memory box list
Junk FAX number list
Soft switch list (Output by SIM)
Memory image deletion table
Department code table
YES (Rapid key table)
YES (Group number table)
YES (Table of searched
letters in rapid key dialing,
and group dialing in
alphabetical order)
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
13. Others
12. Recording table system
Communication record
table size
Communication record
memory capacity
Communication record
table
YES (Print out all report/Print out
error report only/No printed report.
With key operator program)
YES
11. Additional print function when
receiving
Index print
Single sending
Letter (Not output when paper greater
than 5.5 x 8.5 is not set.)
50 items in total of transmission and
reception
Max. 50 items for each of transmission
and reception (Total of transmission and
reception is up to 50 items.) Record table
is outputted separately. If registration
exceeds 50, the oldest one is deleted.
YES (1 time per day)
YES (Print/not print is set by key
operator)
YES (Communication time of each
department is outputted as department
management record table.)
Common with transmission record table
CSI transmission
Department
Limitation on users
management in each department
Number of
departments
registered
Charge
management
function for each
department
Automatic booting mode
WIN FAST
Distinctive ring
Summer time setting
Address book import/export
PC-FAX
YES
AR-FX7 SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 4
YES
YES
100 items
NO
NO
YES
6 + OFF (Default: OFF)
YES (Start: the 1st Sunday in
April A.M.2:00 → A.M.3:00
End: the last Sunday in
October A.M.2:00 →
A.M.1:00) (Default: OFF)
In Japanese and English
Supplied languages: English,
French, Swedish, Italian,
Spanish, German, Dutch,
Danish, Finish/Norwegian
(RX only to TX. not available)
[3] INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
1. Install of expansion kit
2) Work the left rear cabinet.
Cut and remove the cut-out portion from the left rear cabinet using
a tool such as nippers.
Be careful about the direction of the tool so that the cut surface is
flat.
A. Parts included
Cut-out portion
PWB spacers: 2 pcs.
Fax PWB: 1 pc.
TEL/LIU PWB: 1 pc.
3) Attach the speaker.
Attach the speaker to the left rear cabinet using supplied two
golden screws (M3).
Fax connector cover:
1 pc.
Line cable: 1 pc.
M3 golden screws:
2 pcs.
M3 screws with
washer: 8 pcs.
Supplied label: 1
sheet
Installation manual:
1 sheet
Operation manuals:
1 pc.
Speaker unit: 1pc.
M3 golden screws
B. Installation procedure
Turn off the main switch of the copier and then remove the
power plug of the copier from the outlet.
1) Remove the shielding plate and the left rear cabinet.
Remove the five screws that fix the shielding plate and then
remove the shielding plate by inserting a flat-blade screwdriver.
Then, remove the two screws that secure the left rear cabinet and
slide the cabinet toward the rear side of the main unit to remove it.
4) Attach the fax PWB
Mount the two spacers on the fax PWB.
Then, insert the connector of the FAX PWB to the connector of the
FAX expansion PWB and secure it using six M3 screws with
washer.
M3 Screws with washer
Fax PWB
Spacers
Shielding plate
Screws
Screws
Left rear cabinet
M3 Screws with washer
AR-FX7 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 3 - 1
5) Attach the TEL/LIU PWB.
8) Reattach the shielding plate.
Insert the connector of the TEL/LIU PWB to the connector of the
FAX PWB, fit two spacers to the TEL/LIU PWB, and attach the
TEL/LIU PWB using two M3 screws with washer.
Fit the pawls of the shielding plate to the main unit and secure the
plate using five screws.
Spacers
TEL/LIU PWB
Screws
M3 Screws with washer
Shielding plate
6) Reattach the left rear cabinet.
<1> Pass the speaker harness through the hole of the frame of the fax
expansion PWB and connect it to the connector of the fax PWB.
<2> Fit the pawls of the left rear cabinet to the mounting portions of
the main unit. Slide the cabinet toward the front of the main unit to
attach it.
<3> Secure the left rear cabinet using two screws.
<4> Attach the supplied fax connector cover.
Speaker harness
Insert the power plug of the copier to the outlet and turn
on the main switch. Then, carry out the following
procedure.
9) Paste the label on the left rear cabinet of the copier.
Paste the FCC label to the position shown in the illustration.
In order to manifest the compliance with FCC Part 68 and IC CS-03,
it is required to provide the machine with the FCC Registration Number (USA), Ringer Equivalence (USA) and Ringer Equivalence (Canada).
After installing the FAX expansion kit in the machine, please put the
registration label, packed with the kit, on the prescribed location.
Screws
Left rear cabinet
Fax connector cover
FCC label
10) Clear the image memory.
<Step for mounting extended memory (AR-MM9)>
* If an extended memory (AR-MM9) has been mounted in step 7, be
sure to carry out this step.
If no extended memory has been mounted, this step is not necessary.
If you need not to mount an extended memory, proceed to step 8.
<1> [P], [*], [C], and [*] to enter the simulation mode.
7) Mount an additional memory (AR-MM9)
<2> Use the 10-key pad to enter “66” in the main code entry screen
shown below and press the START key.
Screw
Pawls
Insert the additional memory into the socket on the FAX PWB.
<3> Use the 10-key pad to enter “10” in the sub-code entry screen
shown below.
AR-FX7 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 3 - 2
<4> Use the 10-key pad to enter “1” in the submenu screen shown
below and press the START key.
<5> The screen shown below is displayed and memory clear operation is executed to restart the main unit.
<6> After several minutes, memory clear operation is completed and
then the screen shown below is displayed. Press the Reset key to
restart the main unit.
11) Connect the FAX board unit line cable.
Connect the line cable to the FAX board unit.
Line cable
AR-FX7 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 3 - 3
[4] OPERATION, DISPLAY SECTION
1. Operation panel
2
1
3
4
5
COPY
PRINT
ON LINE
DATA
SCAN
DATA
LINE
DATA
FAX
JOB STATUS
CUSTOM SETTINGS
ACC.#-C
6
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
7
8
9
10
11
12
Name
Touch panel
Function, operation
• Messages and keys appears in the touch panel.
A key can be touched to select or enter a setting.
• When you touch a key, a beep sounds and the key is highlighted to indicate that it has been selected.
• Keys that cannot be selected in a screen are grayed out. If a grayed out key is touched, a double beep will
sound to indicate that the key cannot be selected.
Mode select keys
Use to select the basic modes of the machine.
LINE light
This lights while a fax is being sent or received.
Numeric keys
Use for settings that require the entry of numbers.
[CLEAR] key
This is used to clear a mistake when entering a number. One digit is cleared each time the key is pressed. The
key is also used to cancel scanning of an original.
[FAX] key
Press to switch to fax mode. The initial screen of fax mode will appear in the touch panel display.
[JOB STATUS] key
Use to check the status of a job.
DATA light
This light blinks when a fax has been received to memory.
The light stays on constantly when a fax is waiting in memory for transmission.
[CUSTOM SETTINGS] key Use to customize the machine settings to better suit your needs. When using the fax function, destinations can
be stored and settings for fax reception and fax forwarding can be selected.
[ACC.#-C] key
Press to use the fax function when auditing mode is enabled. This key can also be used to issue tone signals
when the machine is connected to a pulse dial line.
[START] key
Press to begin scanning an original for fax transmission.
[CLEAR ALL] key
Use to cancel a transmission or programming operation. When the key is pressed, the operation is canceled
and you return to the initial screen.
When sending a fax, this key is also used to cancel an image setting, paper size setting, or special function.
2. FAX mode (Condition setting screen)
The condition setting screen of fax mode is displayed by pressing the [FAX] key while the print mode, copy mode, or job status screen appears in the
touch panel. In the explanations that follow, it is assumed that the initial screen that appears after pressing the [FAX] key is the condition setting
screen (shown below). If you have set the display to show the address directory when the [FAX] key is pressed, touch the [CONDITION SETTINGS]
key in the address directory to display the condition setting screen.
A key operator program can be used to set the display to show either the condition setting screen (shown below) or the address directory screen (p.8)
when the [FAX] key is pressed.
A. Condition setting screen
The display is initially set (factory setting) to show the following screen when the [FAX] key is pressed.
1
2
READY TO SEND.
14
13
AUTO
EXPOSURE
12
STANDARD
RESOLUTION
11
3
SPEAKER
FAX MEMORY:100%
AUTO RECEPTION
AUTO
ORIGINAL
10
4
REDIAL
ADDRESS
BOOK
5
SUB ADDRESS
6
SPECIAL MODES
ADDRESS REVIEW
7
DIRECT TX
MEMORY TX
8
9
AR-FX7 ADJUSTMENTS 4 - 1
No.
1
2
Name
Message display
Function, operation
Messages appear here to indicate the current status of the machine. When the machine is ready to send, an
icon appears to the left.
This shows the amount of fax memory that is free and the currently selected reception mode.
3
Memory and reception
mode display
[SPEAKER] key
4
[REDIAL] key
5
[ADDRESS BOOK] key
6
7
[SUB ADDRESS] key
[ADDRESS REVIEW] key
8
[DIRECT TX MEMORY
TX] key
[SPECIAL MODES] key
9
10
Original settings icon
display
11
12
[ORIGINAL] key
[RESOLUTION] key
13
[EXPOSURE] key
14
Special function icon
display
This key is used for dialing with the speaker.
During dialing it changes into the [PAUSE] key, and after pressing the [SUB ADDRESS] key it changes into the
[SPACE] key.
Touch this key to redial the most recently dialed number. After dialing, this key changes into the [NEXT
ADDRESS] key.
This displays the Address Directory screen.
Touch this key when you want to use an auto-dial number (one-touch dialing or group dialing).
Touch this key to enter a sub-address or passcode.
When performing a broadcast transmission, touch this key to check your selected destinations. A list of your
selected destinations will appear, and destinations can be deleted from the list.
Touch this key to switch from memory transmission mode to direct transmission mode.
The selected mode is highlighted.
Touch this key to select one of the following special functions:
Timer transmission, Polling, Slow scan mode, Dual page scan, Program, Memory box, Cover sheet,
Adding a message, Special modes
When two-sided scanning or job build mode is selected (touch the [ORIGINAL] key to select these functions), an
icon will appear in this display.
The icon can be touched to open the original settings screen.
Touch this key to manually set the original size or select two-sided scanning.
Touch this key to change the resolution setting when scanning an original. The selected resolution setting will be
highlighted above the key. The initial factory setting is [STANDARD].
Touch this key to change the scanning exposure. The selected exposure is highlighted above the key. The initial
factory setting is [AUTO].
When a special function such as polling or dual page scan is selected, the special function icon appears here.
B. Address directory screen (alphabetically ordered)
If "DEFAULT DISPLAY SETTINGS" is set to address directory, the following screen will be the initial screen that appears when the [FAX] key is
pressed.
2
READY TO SEND.
SPEAKER
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
CONDITION
SETTINGS
1
ABCD
ADDRESS REVIEW
EFGHI
JKLMN
OPQRST
UVWXYZ
5
Name
Rapid key display
2
Display switching keys
3
[CONDITION SETTINGS]
key
[ABC/GROUP] key
Index keys
4
5
3
SUB ADDRESS
FREQUENT USE
No.
1
REDIAL
ABC
GROUP
4
Function, operation
This shows the rapid keys that have been stored on the selected "index card". The display is initially set to show
8 keys. This can be changed to 6 or 12 using a key operator program.
In cases where the rapid keys cannot all be displayed on one screen, this shows how many screens are left.
Touch the [↑] [↓] keys to move through the screens.
This displays the condition setting screen, which is used to set various conditions.
Touch this key to switch between the alphabetical index and the group index.
Destinations programmed in rapid keys are stored in indexes. In the alphabetical index, the destinations appear
in alphabetical order. In the group indexes, the destinations appear in the order that they were programmed.
Touch the [ABC GROUP] key to switch between indexes.
The group indexes can be used as follows:
• For storing destinations in groups.
• A name can be assigned to each index.
• Frequently used destinations can be stored in the FREQUENT USE index.
Destinations in the FREQUENT USE index appear in the order that they were programmed.
AR-FX7 ADJUSTMENTS 4 - 2
[5] ADJUSTMENTS
1
Section
Density section
2
Communication section
A
B
A
Adjustment items
FAX mode density adjustment (Overall mode)
FAX mode density adjustment (Individual mode)
Dial test
1. Density section
A. FAX mode density adjustment (Overall mode)
(<FAX mode> SIM 46-12)
Adjustment procedures
<FAX mode> SIM 46-12
<FAX mode> SIM 46-13 – 46-16
<FAX mode> SIM 66-14, 66-16
B. FAX mode density adjustment (Individual mode)
(<FAX mode> SIM 46-13 – 16)
1) Set the test chart (TPAP-2109SCZZ <CCITT #3 chart>) on the OC
table as shown below, and close the OC cover.
1) Set the test chart (TPAP-2109SCZZ <CCITT #3 chart>) on the OC
table as shown below, and close the OC cover.
Glass holding plate
2) Switch to the FAX mode and execute SIM 46-13 to 46-16 depending on the adjustment mode.
Glass holding plate
2) Switch to the FAX mode and execute SIM 46-12.
3) After warming up, shading is performed and the current density
level is displayed on the lower two digits of the display section in
standard and auto density mode.
4) Enter the set value with the 10-key to adjust the FAX image density.
5) Make a copy, and adjust so that the following adjustment specification is satisfied.
∗ When an adjustment is made in this mode, the exposure level for
each communication mode and each density mode are automatically
adjusted accordingly.
<Adjustment specifications>
Density Resolution
mode
mode
Auto
Standard
CCITT #3
Set
chart output
Set value
range
result
FAX “3” is slightly The greater the
0 – 99
mode copied.
set value is, the
46-12
greater the density
is, and vice versa.
SIM
3) After warming up, shading is performed and the current density
level is displayed on the lower two digits of the display section.
4) Enter the set value with the 10-key to adjust the FAX image density.
5) Make a copy, and adjust the density with the copy as a reference.
<Adjustment specifications>
Resolution
Density
mode
changeover
Standard Switched with the
density select
key.
Fine
Switched with the
density select
key.
Super fine Switched with the
density select
key.
Ultra fine Switched with the
density select
key.
AR-FX7 ADJUSTMENTS 5 - 1
SIM
Set value
FAX
mode 4613
FAX
mode 4614
FAX
mode 4615
FAX
mode 4616
The greater the
set value is, the
greater the density
is, and vice versa.
Set
range
0 – 99
2. Communication section
Note: These items are factory adjusted when shipping according to
FCC standards. Therefore, do not change the setting in the market.
A. Dial test (<FAX mode> SIM 66-14, 16)
(1) Dial pulse transmission test
1) Execute SIM 66-14 in FAX mode.
2) Select the item with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
3) Set the make time with the 10-key.
The dial is sent with the set value + 26ms.
The sending dial cannot be interrupted.
Soft
SW
Dial 10
FAX SW 25pulse PPS mode 1 to 4
make
66-14
time
SIM
Initial
Set value
value
40ms SW set value: 0 to 15 1ms step
(14) Make time: 26 to
(Binary
41ms
input)
(2) DTMF signal transmission level adjustment
1) Execute SIM 66-16 in the FAX mode.
2) Select the item with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
1
3) Enter the set value with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
The sending dial cannot be interrupted.
4) Select the soft SW reflection.
Soft
Initial
Set value
SW
value
SW 64- –6dBm SW set value:
DTMF High (FAX
0 to 21
transgroup mode) 66- 4 to 8
Transmission
mission
16
level: 0.0 to
(Test
level
–21dB
only)
SW 65- +2.0
SW set value:
High
5 to 8
dBm
0 to 15
group
Transmission
–
Low
level: 2.0 to
group
5.5dB
SIM
1dBm
step
(Binary
input)
0.5dBm
step
(Binary
input)
AR-FX7 ADJUSTMENTS 5 - 2
[6] SIMULATION
Code
Main
Sub
66
17
1. Code-type simulation
A. Operating procedures and operations
18
* Entering the simulation mode
19
20
21
22
24
30
31
32
33
34
37
41
1) #/P key (program) ON → Asterisk (*) key ON → CLEAR key ON →
Asterisk (*) key ON → Ready for input of a main code of simulation
2) Entering a main code with the 10-key → START key ON
3) Entering a sub code with the 10-key → START key ON
4) Select an item with the scroll key and the item key.
5) The machine enters the mode corresponding to the selected item.
Press START key to start the simulation operation.
To cancel the current simulation mode or to change the main code
and the sub code, press the CUSTOM SETTINGS key.
* Canceling the simulation mode to return to the normal mode
1) Press CLEAR ALL key.
2. Simulation code list
Code
Main
Sub
22
5
11
24
46
10
12
13
14
15
16
48
50
66
8
9
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Function
Used to check the DTFM signal send operation.
(Signal send level: Max.)
Used to check the DTFM signal send operation.
(Signal send level: Set by soft SW.)
Used to write the SRAM data to the Flash ROM.
Used to write the Flash ROM data to the SRAM.
FAX information print
Handset sound volume adjustment (Japan only)
Used to clear the FAST storage data. (SEC only)
Used to set the TEL/LIU.
Used to set the TEL/LIU.
Receive data check
Signal detection check
Communication time measurement display
Speaker sound volume adjustment
CI signal check
3. Details
Function
Used to check the ROM version of each unit
(section).
Used to display the FAX send/receive counter
(FAX reception and print counter).
FAX counter data clear
FAX exposure level adjustment (1 mode automatic
adjustment)
FAX exposure level adjustment (Normal mode
individual adjustment)
FAX exposure level adjustment (Fine text mode
individual adjustment)
FAX exposure level adjustment (Super Fine mode
individual adjustment)
FAX exposure level adjustment (Ultra Fine mode
individual adjustment)
FAX magnification adjustment (read)
FAX magnification adjustment (print)
FAX lead edge adjustment (read)
FAX lead edge adjustment (print)
Used to change and check the FAX-related soft
SW.
Used to clear the FAX-related soft SW. (Except for
the FAX adjustment values)
FAX PWB memory check
Signal send mode (Signal send level: Max.)
Signal send mode (Signal send level soft SW
setting)
Printing the confidential password
Print the screen memory contents
Voice Message send (Signal send level: Max.)
(print) (Japan only)
Used to send the voice message. (Signal send
level: Set by soft SW.)
Image data memory clear
Used to send 300bps signals. (Signal send level:
Max.)
Used to send 300bps signals. (Signal send level:
Set by soft SW)
Used to register the dial numbers.
Used to perform the dial test. (10 PPS send test)
Used to perform the dial test. (20 PPS send test)
Used to perform the dial test. (DTFM signal send
test)
22
22-5
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Adjustment/Setting/Check
Used to check the ROM version of each unit (section).
Software
Operation/procedure
Used to display the ROM version of each section.
[Display example]
ROM version 1.250 → [1.25] (up to 2 decimal places)
The display of the protocol monitor and the soft SW follows this display.
S/N
MCU
IMC
OPE
PRINTER
NIC
FINISHER
FAX
Machine serial number
Main Control Unit
IMC
Panel + Panel label code
PRINTER
NIC (For the Soft Nic, the Soft Nic version is displayed.
When the AR-NC5 is installed, the AR-NC5J version is
displayed.)
FINISHER
FAX
If it is not installed, "- - - - - - - - - -" is displayed.
[Label code display]
Contents of "XXX" section on the display below
Panel
display
JPN
EFS
EEU
AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 1
Destination
Selection code
Japan
SEC
SECL
SUK
SEEG/
SEA/East
Europe,
etc.
AJ/AM
AL/AC
BK/BB
GG/GD
Panel software support
language
Japanese, American
English, English
American English, English,
French, Spanish
English, German, Polish,
Czech, Hungarian, Greek,
Turkish, Russian, French,
Italian, Slovak
Panel
display
NEU
Destination
Selection code
SEF/
SEES/
SEIS/SEN,
etc.
BG/DG/
BD/DD
BA/BN
CHN
SCA/SCNZ
Distributor
area
SOCC
BZ
UE5
TWN
Taiwan
BE/BT
UT1
EFS *1
Special
countries
Panel software support
language
English, German, French,
Spanish, Dutch, Italian,
Portuguese, Swedish,
Norwegian, Finnish,
Danish
American English, English,
French, Spanish
Simplified Chinese,
American English, English
Traditional Chinese (Local
support), American
English, English
American English, English,
French, Spanish, Hebrew
(Local support)
*1: Display at the current state
24
24-10
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation/procedure
Data clear
FAX counter data clear
FAX
Counter
1. Select the "3: NUMBER OF PRINTS", and press the [START] key.
The confirmation menu is shown.
2. Select "1: YES."
1: YES (Cleared)
2: NO (Not cleared) (Default)
1
2
3
Item
FAX SEND
(PAGE & TIME)
FAX RECEIVE
(PAGE & TIME)
FAX OUTPUT
Content
FAX send page and time
FAX receive page and time
FAX output (number of prints)
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
Panel label code
46
46-12
22-11
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Adjustment/setting/operation data output/check
(display/print)
Used to display the FAX send/receive counter (FAX
reception and print counter).
Section
Item
FAX
Counter
Adjustment
FAX exposure level adjustment (1 mode automatic
adjustment)
FAX
Image quality
Operation/procedure
1. Select "1: COPY START."
The currently set value is displayed beside the item.
Operation/procedure
Used to display the FAX send/receive counter.
FAX SEND PAGE/TIME
FAX RECEIVE PAGE/TIME
FAX OUTPUT
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
FAX send page and time
FAX receive page and time
FAX output (number of print)
2. Enter the set value of the exposure level with the 10-key, and
press the [#/P] key.
3. Press the [START] key.
Copying is started and the set value is stored.
Normal display
Error display
The counter display is in 7 digits.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
NOW PRINTING
DOOR OPEN
JAM
PAPER EMPTY
There is no tray selection operation.
The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected.
1
2
Item
COPY START
FAX EXP.LEVEL
Setting range
–
0-99
Default
–
50
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
1
50
AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 2
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
46-13
Purpose
Adjustment
Function
FAX exposure level adjustment (Normal mode
(Purpose) individual adjustment)
Section
FAX
Item
Image quality
Operation/procedure
1
1. Select "1: COPY START."
The currently set value is displayed beside the item.
2. Enter the set value of the exposure level with the 10-key, and
press the [#/P] key.
3. Press the [START] key.
Copying is started and the set value is stored.
Normal display
Error display
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
NOW PRINTING
DOOR OPEN
JAM
PAPER EMPTY
1. Select "1: COPY START."
The currently set value is displayed beside the item.
The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected.
3 AE
4 MANUAL
Content
Copy start
Exposure level
selection
Normal text AE
Normal text MANUAL
Adjustment
FAX exposure level adjustment (Super Fine mode
individual adjustment)
FAX
Image quality
Operation/procedure
There is no tray selection operation.
Item
1 COPY START
2 EXP.LEVEL
46-15
Setting range
–
Default
–
2. Enter the set value of the exposure level with the 10-key, and
press the [#/P] key.
3. Press the [START] key.
Copying is started and the set value is stored.
0-99
50
Normal display
Error display
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
NOW PRINTING
DOOR OPEN
JAM
PAPER EMPTY
There is no tray selection operation.
The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected.
1
Item
Content
1
2
3
COPY START
EXP.LEVEL
AE (PHOTO ON)
4
5
AE (PHOTO OFF)
MANUAL
(PHOTO ON)
MANUAL
(PHOTO OFF)
46-14
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Adjustment
FAX exposure level adjustment (Fine text mode
individual adjustment)
FAX
Image quality
6
Copy start
Exposure level selection
Super Fine AE (Half
tone)
Super Fine AE
Super Fine MANUAL
(Half tone)
Super Fine MANUAL
Setting
range
–
Default
–
0 - 99
50
Note:Executable only when the FAX is installed.
Operation/procedure
1. Select "1: COPY START."
The currently set value is displayed beside the item.
2. Enter the set value of the exposure level with the 10-key, and
press the [#/P] key.
3
50
3. Press the [START] key.
Copying is started and the set value is stored.
Normal display
Error display
50
50
NOW PRINTING
DOOR OPEN
JAM
PAPER EMPTY
50
46-16
There is no tray selection operation.
The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected.
Item
Content
1
2
COPY START
EXP.LEVEL
3
4
5
AE (PHOTO ON)
AE (PHOTO OFF)
MANUAL (PHOTO
ON)
MANUAL (PHOTO
OFF)
Copy start
Exposure level
selection
Fine text AE (Half tone)
Fine text AE
Fine text MANUAL (Half
tone)
Fine text MANUAL
6
1
Setting
Default
range
–
–
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Adjustment
FAX exposure level adjustment (Ultra Fine mode
individual adjustment)
FAX
Image quality
Operation/procedure
1. Select "1: COPY START."
The currently set value is displayed beside the item.
0-99
50
2. Enter the set value of the exposure level with the 10-key, and
press the [#/P] key.
AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 3
3. Press the [START] key.
Copying is started and the set value is stored.
Normal display
Error display
Item
4
NOW PRINTING
DOOR OPEN
JAM
PAPER EMPTY
There is no tray selection operation.
The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected.
Item
Content
1
2
3
COPY START
EXP.LEVEL
AE (PHOTO ON)
4
5
AE (PHOTO OFF)
MANUAL
(PHOTO ON)
MANUAL
(PHOTO OFF)
6
Copy start
Exposure level selection
Ultra Fine AE (Half
tone)
Ultra Fine AE
Ultra Fine MANUAL
(Half tone)
Ultra Fine MANUAL
Setting
range
–
Default
–
0 - 99
50
Content
OC(SUB)
Setting
range
1-255*
Default
SCAN Sub scanning
128
magnification ratio
adjustment (OC)
5 SPF(MAIN)
SCAN Main scanning
1-255*
128
magnification ratio
adjustment (SPF)
6 SPF(SUB)
SCAN Sub scanning
1-255*
128
magnification ratio
adjustment (SPF)
7 RSPF(MAIN)
SCAN Main scanning
1-255*
128
magnification ratio
adjustment (RSPF)
8 RSPF(SUB)
SCAN Sub scanning
1-255*
128
magnification ratio
adjustment (RSPF)
* The adjustment can be made in the range of -12.7% - +12.7% by the
increment of 0.1%.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
2
1
128
1
128
50
128
50
128
128
50
128
50
48-9
48
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
48-8
Adjustment
FAX magnification adjustment (print)
FAX
Operation/procedure
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Related soft SW
Adjustment
FAX magnification adjustment (read)
1. Select "1: COPY START."
The currently set value is displayed beside the item.
2. Press the [START] key.
Copying is started and the set value is stored.
FAX
SW112-1 to 8, SW113-1 to 8
Normal display
Error display
Operation/procedure
1. Select "1: COPY START."
The currently set value is highlighted beside the item.
NOW PRINTING
DOOR OPEN
JAM
PAPER EMPTY
2. Enter the set value of magnification with the 10-key, and press the
[#/P] key.
There is no operation of tray selection.
3. Press the [START] key.
Copying is started and the set value is stored.
When two pages are scanned, duplex printing is made.
Normal display
Error display
NOW PRINTING
DOOR OPEN
JAM
PAPER EMPTY
Item
There is no operation of tray selection.
The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected.
Even when the SPF/RSPF is selected, if there is no original on the
SPF/RSPF, the OC is scanned.
Even when the OC is selected, if there is any original on the SPF/
RSPF, the SPF/RSPF is scanned. (Setting 2)
Item
1
2
3
COPY START
SCAN SELECT
(OC/SPF/RSPF)
OC(MAIN)
Content
Copy start
Scan selection (OC/
SPF/ RSPF)
SCAN Main scanning
magnification ratio
adjustment (OC)
The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected.
Setting
range
–
1-255*
1-255*
Default
–
128
128
Content
1 COPY START Copy start
2 Horizontal
Print magnification ratio
adjustment (Horizontal, vertical
to paper passing)
3 Vertical
Print magnification ratio
adjustment (Vertical, parallel to
paper passing)
4 Horizontal
Print magnification ratio
(DUPLEX)
adjustment on the back surface
(Horizontal, vertical to paper
passing)
5 Vertical
Print magnification ratio
(DUPLEX)
adjustment on the back surface
(Vertical, parallel to paper
passing)
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 4
Setting
Default
range
1-255
128
1-255
128
1-255
128
1-255
128
1-255
128
50-9
128
Purpose
Adjustment
Function (Purpose) FAX lead edge adjustment (print)
Section
FAX
Operation/procedure
2
128
128
1. Select "1: COPY START."
The currently set value is highlighted beside the item.
128
2. Press the [START] key.
Copying is started.
Normal display
Error display
50
NOW PRINTING
DOOR OPEN
JAM
PAPER EMPTY
There is no tray selection operation.
50-8
The adjustments on the machine side must have been normally
completed.
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Adjustment
FAX lead edge adjustment (read)
FAX
The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected.
When two pages are scanned, duplex print is made,
1 COPY START
2 LEAD
Setting
Default
range
–
–
43-57
50
3
43-57
50
43-57
50
43-57
50
43-57
50
43-57
50
Item
Operation/procedure
1. Select "1: COPY START."
The currently set value is highlighted beside the item.
2. Enter the correction value with the 10-key, and press the [#/P] key.
3. Press the [START] key.
Copying is started.
Normal display
Error display
4
NOW PRINTING
DOOR OPEN
JAM
PAPER EMPTY
5
There is no tray selection operation.
The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected.
6
4. Select the scanning method.
Even when the SPF/RSPF is selected, if there is no original on the
SPF/RSPF, the OC is scanned.
Even when the OC is selected, if there is any original on the SPF/
RSPF, the SPF/RSPF is scanned. (Setting 2)
Item
1 COPY START
2 SCAN
SELECT (OC/
SPF/RSPF)
3 LEAD
4 LEFT
5 REAR
6 RIGHT
Content
Copy start
Scan selection (1: OC, 2:
SPF, 3: RSPF back)
Scan lead edge position
adjustment value of the
selected method in 2.
Scan left edge position
adjustment value of the
selected method in 2.
Scan rear edge position
adjustment value of the
selected method in 2.
Scan right edge position
adjustment value of the
selected method in 2.
Setting
range
–
7
Content
Copy start
Print lead edge void
adjustment value (Front
surface)
LEFT
Print left edge void
adjustment value (Front
surface)
REAR
Print rear edge void
adjustment value (Front
surface)
LEAD
Print lead edge void
(DUPLEX)
adjustment value (Back
surface)
LEFT (DUPLEX) Print left edge void
adjustment value (Back
surface)
REAR
Print rear edge void
(DUPLEX)
adjustment value (Back
surface)
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
Default
–
1-3
1
43-57
50
43-57
50
43-57
50
43-57
50
1
66
66-1
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
Purpose
Setting
Function
Used to change and check the FAX-related soft SW.
(Purpose)
Section
FAX
Operation/procedure
2
1. Enter the soft SW number to be selected with the 10-key.
50
2. Check and change the setting content of the selected soft SW.
50
3. Press the [START] key to save the set content.
50
The FAX-related soft SW is displayed on the LCD, and changing can
be made by monitoring it.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 5
2. Detailed procedure
1
1
"55H" is written to all the addresses of each memory, and the
address data are read in sequence to check that they were
properly written.
"AAH" is written to all the addresses of each memory, and the
address data are read in sequence to check that they were
properly written.
"00H" is written to all the addresses of each memory, and the
address data are read in sequence to check that they were
properly written.
Perform checks 1 - 3 sequentially. If there is no abnormality, it is
"OK." If there is any abnormality, "NG" is notified to the error
address.
After completion of check, the memory is returned to the initial
state.
(CPU is not reset)
2
3
66-2
Purpose
Adjustment
Function
Used to clear the FAX-related soft SW. (Except for the
(Purpose) FAX adjustment values)
Section
FAX
Operation/procedure
1. Enter the country code with the 10-key, and press the [START]
key.
2. When "1: (YES)" is selected, the soft SW corresponding to the
country code is cleared. When "2: (NO)" is selected, the simulation
is canceled.
Country code
Japan
: 00000000
U.S.A.
: 10110101
Australia
: 00001001
U.K
: 10110100
France
: 00111101
Germany
: 00000100
Sweden
: 10100101
New Zealand : 01111110
China
: 00100110
Singapore
: 10011100
TW
: 11111110
Other 1
: 11111101
Other 2
: 11111100
Other 3
: 11111011
4
5
Interruption cannot be made during operation.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
1
66-4
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Signal send mode (Signal send level: Max.)
FAX
Operation
Operation/procedure
Select the signal number with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
The signal is sent to the line and the machine speaker. (Sending the
signal is continued until the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key is pressed.)
The codes other than the above are accepted as Japan.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
By entering the signal number and pressing the [START] key during
execution, the signal kind can be changed.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Item
0000100 1
66-3
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation/procedure
Operation test/check
FAX PWB memory check
FAX
Operation
Press the [START] key.
Read/write can be checked for FAX PWB memory.
The check result is displayed separately for each memory.
1. Memory to be checked
DRAM
SRAM
Flash ROM
Option memory
PAGE
Program area
Memory area
SUM check only
The memory size follows the
automatically detected value.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Send signal
NO SIGNAL Signal not sent
33.6 V34
31.2 V34
28.8 V34
26.4 V34
24.0 V34
16.0 V34
19.2 V34
16.8 V34
14.4 V34
12.0 V34
9.6 V34
7.2 V34
4.8 V34
2.4 V34
14.4 V33
12.0 V33
14.4 V17
12.0 V17
9.6 V17
7.2 V17
9.6 V29
7.2 V29
4.8 V27t
AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 6
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Send level
Selection
menu
None
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Item
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Send signal
2.4 V27t
0.3 FLG
CED2100
CNG1100
0.3 V21
ANSam
RINGER
–
7EH Flag signal
Tone signal
Pseudo-ringer sound
([ON HOOK] key ON)
32 No MSG
Voice message (no sound)
Under the state where the ring back
tone can be sent to the line, keep the
sound composition IC volume to 0.
33 No RBT
Ring back tone (no sound)
Under the state where the ring back
tone can be sent to the line, keep the
G/A volume to 0.
34 DP MAKE
Dial pulse (make)
Maintain the make state with keeping
the condition to be able to send to the
dial pulse line.
35 DP BRK
Dial pulse (break)
Maintain the break state with keeping
the condition to be able to send to the
dial pulse line.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
Send level
Selection
menu
–
Yes
Yes
None
None
None
1: 0dB
2: Soft SW
1: 0dB
2: Soft SW
1
66-5
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Signal number
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
9.6 V34
7.2 V34
4.8 V34
2.4 V34
14.4 V33
12.0 V33
14.4 V17
12.0 V17
9.6 V17
7.2 V17
9.6 V29
7.2 V29
4.8 V27t
2.4 V27t
0.3 FLG
CED2100
CNG1100
0.3 V21
ANSam
RINGER
Send signal
9.6 V34
7.2 V34
4.8 V34
2.4 V34
14.4 V33
12.0 V33
14.4 V17
12.0 V17
9.6 V17
7.2 V17
9.6 V29
7.2 V29
4.8 V27t
2.4 V27t
7EH Flag signal
Tone signal
Pseudo-ringer sound
([ON HOOK] key ON)
32 No MSG
Voice message (no sound)
Under the state where the ring back
tone can be sent to the line, keep the
sound composition IC volume to 0.
33 No RBT
Ring back tone (no sound)
Under the state where the ring back
tone can be sent to the line, keep the
G/A volume to 0.
34 DP MAKE
Dial pulse (make)
Maintain the make state with keeping
the condition to be able to send to the
dial pulse line.
35 DP BRK
Dial pulse (break)
Maintain the break state with keeping
the condition to be able to send to the
dial pulse line.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
Send level
Selection
menu
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Yes
Yes
None
None
None
1: 0dB
2: Soft SW
1: 0dB
2: Soft SW
Operation test/check
Signal send mode (Signal send level soft SW setting)
1
FAX
Operation
Operation/procedure
Select the signal number with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
By setting the signal number, signals are sent to the line and the
machine speaker. (Sending signals is continued until interruption command is made (by pressing [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.)
By entering the signal number and pressing the [START] key during
execution, the signal kind can be changed.
Signal number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
NO SIGNAL
33.6 V34
31.2 V34
28.8 V34
26.4 V34
24.0 V34
16.0 V34
19.2 V34
16.8 V34
14.4 V34
12.0 V34
Send signal
Signal not sent
33.6 V34
31.2 V34
28.8 V34
26.4 V34
24.0 V34
16.0 V34
19.2 V34
16.8 V34
14.4 V34
12.0 V34
Send level
Selection
menu
None
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
66-6
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Data output, check
Printing the confidential password
FAX
Data
Confidential/Pass code
Operation/procedure
Press the [START] key.
The confidential ID table (confidential BOX numbers, confidential BOX
names, and confidential password) is printed.
The confidential data of My company mode is printed separately.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 7
66-9
Purpose
Operation test/check
Function
Used to send the voice message. (Signal send level:
(Purpose) Set by soft SW.) (Japan only)
Section
FAX
Item
Operation
Operation/procedure
Select the message number with the 10-key, and press the [START]
key.
66-7
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation/procedure
Data output, check
Print the screen memory contents
FAX
Data
Image data
By setting the message No., the sound message is sent to the line and
the speaker of the body. (The message is repeated until the interruption command is provided by pressing the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.)
By pressing the [START] key during execution, the signal kind can be
changed.
Press the [START] key.
Used to input all image data (including confidential reception data,
remote send image, not-sent image) stored in image memory of the
FAX section.
The output image is remained even after outputting.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
1
66-8
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
1
2
Item
NONE
FAX/TEL MSG1
3
FAX/TEL MSG2
4
FAX/TEL MSG3
5
CHANGED RX MSG
6
7
RINGER
EXT.TEL RINGER
Voice message
Silent
"Hold the line a minute, please send fax."
(TEL/FAX voice response)
"Hold the line a minute."
(TEL/FAX voice response)
"Not around here, please send fax."
(TEL/FAX voice response)
"Ding Dong"
(Sound delivered when switching to remote
reception)
Call sound
External telephone call
Message No. 5 can be heard by an external telephone speaker.
Operation test/check
Voice Message send (Signal send level:
Max.) (Japan only)
FAX
Operation
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
2
Operation/procedure
Select the message number with the 10-key, and press the [START]
key.
By setting the message No., the sound message is sent to the line and
the speaker of the body. (The message is repeated until the interruption command is provided by pressing the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.)
By pressing the [START] key during execution, the signal kind can be
changed.
Voice message
Silent
"Hold the line a minute, please send fax."
(TEL/FAX voice response)
3 FAX/TEL MSG2
"Hold the line a minute."
(TEL/FAX voice response)
4 FAX/TEL MSG3
"Not around here, please send fax."
(TEL/FAX voice response)
5 CHANGED RX MSG "Ding Dong"
(Sound delivered when switching to remote
reception)
6 RINGER
Call sound
7 EXT.TEL RINGER
External telephone call
Message No. 5 can be heard by an external telephone speaker.
1
2
Item
NONE
FAX/TEL MSG1
66-10
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Adjustment/Setting/Check
Image data memory clear
FAX
Data
Image data
Operation/procedure
Select "1: YES" with the 10-key and press the [START] key. (When "2:
NO" is selected, the simulation is canceled.)
Used to clear all image data (including confidential reception data)
stored in image memory of the FAX section.
The management table is also cleared (initialized) at the same time.
* lIf there is any print data, the power must be turned off after clearing.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
2
AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 8
1
66-11
Purpose
Operation test/check
Function
Used to send 300bps signals. (Signal send level:
(Purpose)
Max.)
Section
FAX
Item
Operation
Operation/procedure
1
Select the signal number with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
By setting the signal number, the specified signal is delivered to the
line at the speed of 300bps. (The signal is continuously sent until the
interruption command is provided by pressing the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.)
The signal send level can be selected from 0dB or the soft SW set
value.
The signal send level is returned to the soft SW set value before execution of the mode after completion of the mode.
By entering the number and pressing the [START] key during execution, the signal kind can be changed.
1
2
3
4
5
6
66-13
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation/procedure
Setting
Used to register the dial numbers.
FAX
Operation
Enter the number with the 10-key, [*] key, and [#] key.
Press the [CLEAR] key to return to the initial state.
Press the [START] key to register the entered number.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
Item
NO SIGNAL
11111
11110
00000
010101
00001
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
66-14
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
1
Operation check/test
Used to perform the dial test. (10 PPS send test)
FAX
Operation
Operation/Procedure
66-12
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
1. Select the item with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
Operation test/check
Used to send 300bps signals. (Signal send level: Set
by soft SW)
FAX
Operation
Operation/procedure
Select the signal number with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
2. Set the make time with the 10-key.
The dial is sent with the set value + 26ms.
The sending dial cannot be interrupted.
0
1
Item
EXECUTE
MAKE TIME
Content
Execution
Dial pulse make time setting
Setting range
–
0-15
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
By setting the signal number, the specified signal is delivered to the
line at the speed of 300bps. (The signal is continuously sent until the
interruption command is provided by pressing the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.)
1
The signal send level can be selected from 0dB or the soft SW set
value.
The signal send level is returned to the soft SW set value before execution of the mode after completion of the mode.
By entering the number and pressing the [START] key during execution, the signal kind can be changed.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Item
NO SIGNAL
11111
11110
00000
010101
00001
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
66-15
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation check/test
Used to perform the dial test. (20 PPS send test)
FAX
Operation
Operation/Procedure
1. Select the item with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
2. Set the make time with the 10-key.
The dial is sent with the set value + 26ms.
The sending dial cannot be interrupted.
0
1
Item
EXECUTE
MAKE TIME
Content
Execution
Dial pulse make time setting
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 9
Setting range
–
0-15
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
1
66-16
Purpose
Operation check/test
Function
Used to perform the dial test. (DTFM signal send test)
(Purpose)
Section
FAX
Item
Operation
Operation/Procedure
66-19
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Back up
Used to write the SRAM data to the Flash ROM.
FAX
Data
1. Select the item with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
Operation/Procedure
2. Enter the set value with the 10-key.
Select "1: YES" with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. The data
are backed up. (When "2: NO" is selected, the simulation is canceled.)
The sending dial cannot be interrupted.
Item
Content
0 EXECUTE
1 HIGH (SW)
2 HIGH-LOW (SW)
3. Select the soft SW reflection.
1
2
Item
NO STORE TO SW
STORE TO SW
Setting
range
–
0-15
0-15
Execution
High group
High group, Low group
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
Content
Not reflected.
Reflected. (Shift SW value changed.)
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
66-20
1
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Back up
Used to write the Flash ROM data to the SRAM.
FAX
Data
Operation/Procedure
66-17
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
* The AR-FX5 data cannot be written into the AR-FX7. If it is executed, data are initialized and deleted. In addition, the AR-FX7 data
cannot be used in the AR-FX5.
Operation check/test
Used to check the DTFM signal send operation.
(Signal send level: Max.)
FAX
Operation
Operation/procedure
Select "1: YES" with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. The Flash
ROM data are read out and written into the SRAM. (When "2: NO" is
selected, the simulation is canceled.)
* The AR-FX5 data cannot be written into the AR-FX7. If it is executed, data are initialized and deleted. In addition, the AR-FX7 data
cannot be used in the AR-FX5.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
Enter the DTFM signal (1 digit (1 to 9, 0, *, #)) and press the [START]
key.
When the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key is pressed during execution, the
simulation is terminated.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
66-21
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Check
FAX information print
FAX
Data
Operation/procedure
66-18
1. Select the item to be printed.
Purpose
Operation check/test
Function
Used to check the DTFM signal send operation.
(Purpose) (Signal send level: Set by soft SW.)
Section
FAX
Item
Operation
Operation/Procedure
Enter the DTFM signal (1 digit (1 to 9, 0, *, #)) and press the [START]
key.
2. Press the [START] key.
The information of the selected item is printed.
1
2
3
Item
USER SW.LIST
SOFT SW.LIST
SYSTEM ERROR
When the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key is pressed during execution, the
simulation is terminated.
AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 10
Content
User setting list
Soft SW list
System error list
Used to print the system error log (error
number and time).
Content
Protocol error list
Regardless of soft SW38-1 status, the
protocol monitor of the preceding
communication is printed. (Printing is
allowed at any time before starting the
next communication.) For this operation,
the protocol monitor of one
communication is always buffered.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
4
Item
PROTOCOL
66-30
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation/procedure
When the relay state of the polarity reverse relay, the handset hook
switch, or the external telephone hook switch is changed, the content
of change is displayed regardless of the soft SW setup (real time). The
display of change is kept until an interruption command is supplied by
pressing the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.
Item
HS2
HS1
RHS
EXHS
Notification contents
Signal low
Signal high
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
66-22
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Used to set the TEL/LIU.
FAX
Operation
Setting
Handset sound volume adjustment (Japan only)
FAX
Operation
Operation/procedure
1. Select the set volume. (Max., Middle, Min.)
66-31
2. Press the [START] key.
Switch of 1, 2, and 3 can be made during execution of the simulation.
During execution of the simulation, sounds are generated.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Setting
Used to set the TEL/LIU.
FAX
Operation
Operation/Procedure
1. Enter the set value. (Valid only 0 to 8)
2. The entered bit is alternatively switched between "0" and 1" and
the target signal name is highlighted.
3. Press the [START] key to send the signal.
When the [CUSTUM SETTINGS] key is pressed, the output is terminated.
66-24
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Data clear
Used to clear the FAST storage data. (SEC only)
FAX
Data
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
1 2 3 4 5
00001
Initializing
Operation/procedure
Select "1: YES" with the 10-key and press the [START] key. The FAST
storage data are cleared. (When "2: NO" is selected, the simulation is
canceled.)
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
66-32
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Receive data check
FAX
Operation
Operation/procedure
The fixed data received from the line are checked and the result is displayed.
When data are coincident, "OK" is displayed. When not, "NG" is displayed.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 11
1. Sound kinds pattern
66-33
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation/Procedure
Sound kinds (Test sound)
RINGER
Call sound
LINE MONITO Line monitor sound (Test
sound: communication
signal sound)
ON HOOK
On-hook (Test sound,
communication signal
sound)
SCAN FINISH Scan finish sound
TX/RX FINISH Communication finish
sound
DTMF
DTFM send sound
Operation test/check
Signal detection check
FAX
Operation
Signal detection is checked and the result is displayed.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
Sound volume set value
DEF. LAR. MED. SMA.
DEF. LAR. MED. SMA.
DEF. LAR. MED. SMA.
DEF. LAR. MED. SMA.
DEF. LAR. MED. SMA.
DEF. LAR. MED. SMA.
LAR: (MED. Value + 1)
MED: (SMA value +1) - (LAR value - 1)
SMA: 1 - (MED. Value + 1)
2. Sound volume pattern
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
66-34
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Communication time measurement display
FAX
Operation
1
Operation/procedure
The send/receive test is performed, and the time required for send/
receive of the image data in the test is measured and displayed.
Setup on the user
side when executing
communication
Measuring
range
Send
Receive
Mode when measuring
How to check the time
Measuring unit
Communication
: Memory send
means
: Normal Character
Picture quality
: Lighter
Density
: ON
ECM
: OFF
Sender information
From flag reception before sending of
image data until sending of RCP frame
From flag reception before reception of
image data until reception of RCP frame
Used to make communication not in a
simulation process but in the normal screen
and measure the time.
Enter the simulation for communication time
check and check the time.
msec
66-41
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Operation/procedure
When the [START] key is pressed, the call signal from CI pin is
detected to deliver the call sound to the line and the speaker. The volume of call sound follows the soft SW.
Signal detection and delivery of pseudo-call sound at detection are
executed until the interruption command is provided by pressing the
[CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
When there are two or more send/receive operations of image data in
one communication, only the time of the last send/receive data near
the end is measured.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
66-37
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Adjustment/Setting/Check
CI signal check
Adjustment/Setting/Check
Speaker sound volume adjustment
FAX
Operation/procedure
The following test sound is delivered to the line and the speaker to
adjust the sound kind and volume.
The send level to the line is the set value of soft SW.
The set values of the selected sound kind and volume are written to
each soft SW.
AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 12
[7] SOFT SWITCH
1. FAX soft switch setting change quick reference table
Large item
Dialing
Middle item
Remote machine
call disable
Switch content
Pause time
Dial call signal
DTMF-related item
Key operator
Default setting
Default setting
None
None
None
Signal detection
Redial
In case of an error
In case of an error
When busy
When busy
Arrival (Call-in) When CI detection
disable
External
telephone
Setting of an
external telephone
connected
Remote switch
number
Remote switch
setting
Communication General
SG3
Transmission
G3/SG3
Pulse (10PPS)
Busy tone detection
Busy tone detection
Dial tone detection
Resend interval
None
None
None
None
Transmitter
function setting
Number of times of resend
Transmitter
function setting
Resend interval
Transmitter
function setting
Number of times of resend
Transmitter
function setting
CI detection
None
CI signal OFF detection time None
Yes/No
Default setting
SW 13-5 – 8
SW 86-2, 3
SW 87-1 – 7
SW 41-1
No call-in
No call-in
When an external telephone is connected
Default setting
SW 7-1 – 8
When remote switch is erroneously detected
Yes/No
None
SW 6-8
When remote switch is erroneously detected
Send level
None
SW 15-4 – 8
JBIG mode
V34 mode function setup
None
None
SW 17-4, 8
SW 43-1
V34 symbol rate
None
SW43-4 – 6
DIS reception check
One-touch/
Reduction, etc.
None
SW 69-8
When the remote machine cannot receive
signals in a proper level.
When an error occurs in the JBIG mode
When SG3 communication error occurs
frequently
When SG3 communication error occurs
frequently
When an error occurs in phase B
V34 send speed
SW 16-1 – 4
Setting is made referring to the distance from
the station when a communication trouble
occurs.
When an error occurs in the SG3
communication.
When an error occurs in the SG3
communication in FAX service, etc.
When an error occurs in the V29
communication
To specified/unspecified destination
SW 73-1
When judged as “OK” though RTN is received
Manual send V34
V29 no modulation carrier
None
Modem send speed
RTN reception error
CSI transmission
Maximum reception length
Proxy reception
EQM dispersion inhibit
One-touch/
Reduction, etc.
None
None
None
None
None
SG3
V34 reception speed
None
G3
Countermeasure against
echo in reception
Modem speed in reception
None
None
SW 16-5, 6
EYE-Q check only
None
SW 72-7
G3/SG3
Whey busy occurs frequently
SW 13-1 – 4
One-touch/
Reduction, etc.
None
G3
Reception
SW 14-1 – 4
Entry of a 2-digit number
Line equalizer
SG3
Soft SW No.
Usage
SW 28-1 – 4 When dialing disable/when error dialing
SW 22-5, 6
When dialing disable
SW 64-4 – 8 When dialing disable in PBX (private branch
exchange/Fax service, etc.)
SW 65-5 – 8 When dialing disable in PBX (private branch
exchange/Fax service, etc.)
SW 26-1 – 5 When dialing disable in PBX (private branch
exchange/Fax service, etc.)
SW 25-1 – 4 When pulse dialing disable
SW 21-2
When busy tone detection disable
SW 51-1 – 2 When busy tone error is detected
SW 21-1
SW 14-5 – 8 When send errors occur frequently
SW 42-8
When a document of 1m or longer is received
When a lot of errors occur due to the poor
conditions of the line.
When fall-down occurs frequently in the SG3
communication
When an error occurs in phase B in reception
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 1
When the line quality is poor and a fall-back
or an error occurs
Change in the detection method of training
error
Large item
Middle item
Reception print Paper selection
Index
Switch content
Key operator
Judgment of sub scan length None
Output condition setup
Reception
function setup
Automatic reduction print
Reception
function setup
Magnification ratio in
None
automatic reduction
Rotation reception print
None
Reception size setup
Reception
function setup
Index print setup
Reception
function setup
Soft SW No.
Usage
When printing is not made on desired paper
When divided print instead of reduction print
is required
When reduction print is not made
When reduction print is not made on a fixed
size paper
When rotation print is not made
The reception capacity is displayed on the
transmitter.
When an index is attached to the reception
data
SW 40-4
2. Soft SW list
∗ When a value outside the set range is inputted, the default is automatically set.
∗ Never change the switch whose item is specified as inhibition.
SW Data
Items
No. No.
1
Country information
2
3
S
4
W
5
1
6
7
8
1
SIM language information
S
W
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
S
W
3
5
Language information
SW selection and functions
Binary
input
Binary
input
Sharp machine mode
Sharp machine mode (F
code)
FAST mode
(Canada: Inhibited to use)
Center No. in FAST mode
(Canada: Inhibited to use)
Maintenance cycle
(Canada: Inhibited to use)
4
Bit No.
Japanese
English
1
0
0
Bit No.
3 4 5 6
1: English
5
6
7
8
U.S.A.
Canada
2
0
1
English
7
1: ON
1: ON
0: OFF
0: OFF
1: Yes
0: No
1: Host-Tel-No.
0: Service-No.
Bit No.
75K
50K
25K
20K
10K
5K
Free except for the
above.
7
S
W
4
1 2 3
U.S.A.
Canada
Maintenance system
Inhibited to use
RingBackTone pre-send
times
1: DM
Binary
input
5
0
0
0
1
1
1
6
0
1
1
0
0
1
7
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
ON
OFF
0
No
0
Service-No.
0
8
Determine the
proper character
according to the
country information.
Functions in FAST
0 operation.
75K
0
1
0: AR
Bit No.
Setting range
Remarks
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
English
6
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Bit No.
Default value
5 6 7 8
0 to 15 times
0 fixed
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 2
AR
0 time
0
1
0
0
0
0 0 fixed
0
0
0
SW Data
Items
No. No.
1
Initialization control inside
program
S
W
5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
For FAX debug
Flash memory check
measuring range
ICU UART1 output
24V reset wait time
Auto/Manual default setup
SW selection and functions
Default value
1: The all soft switches are
initialized.
0: Does nothing.
1: Debug mode ON
1: All areas
0: Debug mode OFF
0: 256byte
1: Not output
Binary
input Bit No.
Setting range
0: Output
5 6 7 8
0 to 750ms
1: Manual reception
0: Automatic reception
Used to restrict
initialization inside
Does nothing.
0
the program. (Use
inhibited)
Debug mode OFF 0
256byte
0
Not output
1
1
0
1
0
500ms
Automatic
reception
2
3
S
W
6
4
5
6
7
8
S
W
7
Inhibited to use
Size specification
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
Inhibited to use
Memory transmission/
direction transmission
default setup
Quick memory transmission
Remote reception
instruction
Remote selection number
setup
Image quality priority
selection
2
3
S
W
8
4
5
6
7
8
Density default setup
Bit No.
Centimeter size
Inch size
Follows the
machine
information.
Follows the
machine
information.
3
0
1
0
4
0
0
1
1
1
Remarks
Follows the
machine
information.
Manual receive
setting is enabled
0 only when an
external telephone
is connected.
0
When setting is
0 made to follow the
machine
information, if the
machine information
is incomplete, the
1 paper size is set to
the centimeter size.
0
1: Direct transmission
0: Memory transmission
1: Allowed
1: Yes
0: Inhibited
0: No
Binary input
Bit No.
Setting range
1 2 3 4
0 to 9 times
Bit No.
Standard
Fine
Super fine
Ultra fine
Not used
Fine
Super fine + half
tone
Ultra fine + half tone
Bit No.
Automatic
Light
Slightly light
Middle
Slightly dark
Dark
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
2
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
3
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
4
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
5
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
6
0
0
0
1
0
0
5
6
7
Memory
transmission
0
Allowed
1
Yes
1
5
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
8
0
Standard
0
0
7
0
0
0
0
1
0
8
0
0
0
0
0
1
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 3
0
Automatic
0
0
0
0
When a value
outside the setting
value range is
inputted, the initial
value is set.
SW Data
No. No.
1
2
3
4
S
5
W
6
9
7
8
1
2
3
S
W
10
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
S
W
11
5
Items
0: No
0: Inhibited
0: Inhibited
Yes
Allowed
Allowed
Cover function default setup
Specified number receive
reject
Specified number receive
reject I manual receive
F-code relay broadcast
function
F-code confidential
reception
Yes/No of SUB capacity in
reception
Yes/No of SEP capacity in
reception
Yes/No of reception PWD
capacity
Yes/No of SID capacity in
reception
Judgment of the system
number of bulletin board
transmission
Send request protection
Department management
Inhibited to use
Sender’s telephone number
registration
Yes/No of manual send
selection menu display
Distinctive ringing
1: Yes
1: Reject
0: No
0: Not reject
No
1
1
1
0
0
0
Not reject
0
1: Reject
0: Not reject
Reject
1
1: Inhibited
0: Allowed
Allowed
0
1: Inhibited
0: Allowed
Allowed
0
1: No
0: Yes
Yes
0
1: Inhibited
0: Allowed
Allowed
0
1: Inhibited
0: Allowed
Allowed
0
1: Inhibited
0: Allowed
Allowed
0
1: Allowed
0: Inhibited
Inhibited
0
Protected
Inhibited
0
0
0
Yes
0
Displayed
1
8
S
W
13
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Remarks
1: Yes
1: Allowed
1: Allowed
7
S
W
12
Default value
Proxy reception
Transfer function
Relay broadcast function
Inhibited to use
6
1
SW selection and functions
Direct send recall Allow/
Inhibit
Inhibited to use
Remote selection models
Recall times in busy
Recall interval in busy
1: Not protected
1: Allowed
0: Protected
0: Inhibited
1: No
0: Yes
1: Displayed
0: Not displayed
Bit No.
OFF
Standard/ON
Pattern1
Pattern2
Pattern3
Pattern4
Pattern5
1: Allowed
5 6 7 8
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1
1 0 0 0
0 1 0 0
1 1 0 0
0 0 1 0
1 0 1 0
0: Inhibited
1: Both call-in and call-out
Binary
input Bit No.
Setting range
Binary
input
Bit No.
Setting range
0: Call-in only
1 2 3 4
0 to 14 times
5 6 7 8
1 to 15 min
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 4
0
0
OFF
0
0
Allowed
Call-in only
2 times
3 min
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
When the value is
outside the setting
range, the initial
value is set.
When the value is
outside the setting
range, the initial
value is set.
SW Data
No. No.
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
14
6
7
8
S
W
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
Items
SW selection and functions
Recall number in case of a
transmission error
Binary
input
Recall interval in
communication error
Binary
input
Signal send level
Binary
input
Modem speed (V.33 mode
or less)
3
4
5
Modem speed in reception
fixed
S
W
18
S
W
19
7
8
1
2
EOL detection timer
RTN EOL send times
Inhibited to use
MH fixed (except for SG3)
3
ECM MMR mode (except
1: Yes
for SG3)
ECM JBIG mode (except for 1: Yes
SG3)
Inhibited to use
MH fixed (SG3)
1: Yes
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Bit No.
Setting range
5 6 7 8
0 to 15 min
0: Recall immediately after
cutting the line
Bit No.
Setting range
4 5 6 7 8
0 (0dBm) to 26 (–26dBm)
Bit No.
V.27 2400bps
V.29 9600bps
V.27 4800bps
V.29 7200bps
V.33 14.4kbps
V.33 12.0kbps
V.17 9600bps
V.17 12.0kbps
V.17 7200bps
V.17 14.4kbps
1 2 3 4
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 0
0 1 1 0
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 0
1 0 1 1
Other than the
above
5 6
0 0
0 1
1 0
1 1
0: 13sec
0: 12 times
Bit No.
No fixing
V.29-9600BPS
V.27ter-4800BPS
V.17-14400BPS
6
S
W
17
1 2 3 4
0 to 1 times
1 times
1 min
1: 25sec
1: 6 times
1: Yes
ECM MMR mode (SG3)
1: Yes
ECM JBIG mode (SG3)
1: Yes
Setup of number of times of Binary
call rings
input
0: None (depending on the
remote machine)
0: No
0: No
–11dBm
Binary
input
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
V.17 14.4kbps
0
0
0
No fixing
0
13sec
6 times
0
1
0
No
0
Yes
1
Yes
1
0
0: None (depending on the
remote machine)
0: No
0: No
No
0
Yes
Yes
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
Bit No.
Setting range
1 2 3 4
0 to 9 times
2 times
Bit No.
Setting range
1 2 3 4
0 (525ms) to 15 (900ms)
X (ms) = (N × 25) + 525
750ms
Inhibited to use
Minimum pause time
(10PPS) setup
Remarks
1
Inhibited to use
2
S
W
16
Bit No.
Setting range
Default value
Inhibited to use
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 5
When the value is
outside the setting
range, the initial
value is set.
When the value is
outside the setting
range, the initial
value is set.
SW Data
No. No.
1
2
3
4
5
S
6
W
20
Items
S
W
21
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
SIM DTMF sound speaker
selection window
Flash send wait time
Receivable memory
capacity
Dial tone detection
Busy tone detection
Dial tone monitoring time
CED detection time
Inhibited to use
S
W
22
1: Yes
0: No
Bit No.
0sec
0.5sec
1sec
2sec
1: 64Kbyte
6
0
0
1
1
0:
7
0
1
0
1
128Kbyte
1:
1:
1:
1:
0:
0:
0:
0:
No
No
5sec
1000ms
1: ON
1: 10-N
1
0
0
1
1
3
0
0
1
5
0
0
1
0:
0:
2
0
1
0
1
4
0
1
0
6
0
1
0
OFF
Normal (N)
1: Yes
0: No
Yes
Yes
10sec
500ms
Waiting time for dial start
Bit No.
3.5sec
4sec
5sec
6sec
Bit No.
0.5sec
1.0sec
1.5sec
Bit No.
10PPS
20PPS
TONE
CNG send start time
4
5
Tone/pulse default setup
6
7
8
1
2
S
W
23
S
W
24
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DPMUTE control
DP dial pulse number
process
Inhibited to use
Monitoring polarity
reversion during send
image
Monitoring polarity
reversion during
communication
Setting of time before dial
(10PPS)
Remarks
0
0
0
0
2
3
Default value
Inhibited to use
7
8
SW selection and functions
No
0
0 fixed
0
0sec
0
128Kbyte
0
No
Yes
5sec
1000ms
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3.5sec
0
0
0.5sec
0
1
TONE
0
OFF
0
Normal (N)
0
0
1: Yes
Binary
input
Fixed to NONE.
No
0
No
0
0: No
Fixed to NONE.
Bit No.
Setting range
4 5 6 7 8
0 (50ms) to 31 (360ms)
X (ms) = (N × 10) + 50
60ms
Bit No.
Setting range
5 6 7 8
0 (50ms) to 15 (200ms)
X (ms) = (N x 10) + 50
100ms
Inhibited to use
Waiting time for OFF HOOK Binary
input
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 6
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
SW Data
No. No.
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
25
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
26
6
7
8
S
W
27
S
W
28
Items
Make time (10PPS) setup
SW selection and functions
Binary
input
DTMF signal send time
Minimum pause time
(DTMF) setup
Binary
input
Binary
input
Inhibited to use
Setting of time before dial
(DTMF)
Binary
input
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
Setting of DPMUTE OFF
time after dial
Binary
input
Pause time setup
Binary
input
Flash send time
6
Line open delay time in dial
test
8
1
2
3
S
W
29
S
W
30
4
Bit No.
Setting range
1 2 3 4
26 to 41ms
by increment of 1ms
40ms
Bit No.
Setting range
1 2 3 4 5
6 (60ms) to 31 (310ms)
X (ms) = (N × 10)
110ms
Bit No.
Setting range
6 7 8
0 (90ms) to 7 (160ms)
X (ms) = (N × 10) + 90
Inhibited to use
1
2
3
4
7
Default value
Bit No.
Setting range
2 3 4
0 (30ms) to 7 (100ms)
X (ms) = (N × 10) + 30
Bit No.
Setting range
5 6 7 8
0 (5ms) to 15 (80ms)
X (ms) = (N × 5) + 5
Bit No.
Setting range
1 2 3 4
1 to 15sec
Bit No.
90ms
180ms
270ms
360ms
Bit No.
2sec
3sec
4sec
5sec
5
0
0
1
1
7
0
0
1
1
0:
Communication record
1: Yes
table automatic print
Time specification of
1: Allowed
communication record table
Sequence of year, month,
Bit No.
and day on the LCD, the
Year, month, day
report, and the sender’s
Month, day, year
record
Day, month, year
5
6
7
8
Call time setup in automatic
transmission (T0 timer
setup)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Inhibited to use
Time specification print
(o’clock) on the
communication record table
Binary
input
Binary
input
6
0
1
0
1
8
0
1
0
1
No
0: Inhibited
3
0
0
1
1
4
0
1
0
1
Bit No.
Setting range
5 6 7 8
30 to 75sec
by increment of 5sec
Bit No.
Setting range
4 5 6 7 8
00 to 23 o’clock
120ms
Remarks
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
50ms
0
0
1
0
5ms
2sec
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0 fixed
0
90ms
0
0
2sec
0
No
0
Inhibited
0
Month, day, year
45sec
0 o’clock
When the value is
0 outside the setting
range, the initial
value is set.
1
0 When the value is
0 outside the setting
1 range, the initial
value is set.
1 (Menu setting in the
unit of 15sec)
0
0
0
0 When the value is
0 outside the setting
0 range, the initial
0 value is set.
0
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 7
When the value is
outside the setting
range, the initial
value is set.
SW Data
No. No.
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
31
6
7
8
1
Items
SW selection and functions
Inhibited to use
Time specification print
(minute) on the
communication record table
Binary
input
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
S
W
33
6
7
8
Bit No.
Setting range
3 4 5 6 7
00 to 59 min
8
0 min
Default telephone book
setup
Bit No.
Basic screen
Destination list
(50-character kana
syllabary
Destination list
(user)
2
S
W
32
Default value
Next address key input in
broadcast
One-touch dial display
number switch
1: Yes
1
0
0
2
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
When the value is
outside the setting
range, the initial
value is set.
0
Basic screen
0
1
0
0: No
Bit No.
6 items
8 items
12 items
Shift of the power OFF state 1: Allowed
in shut off
Time indication format
1: AM/PM
Priority in the day of week 1: Yes
Inhibited to use
Report output on less than 1: Reduction as A4 (LTR)
A4 (LTR)
images
Inhibited to use
Contents of send document
Bit No.
are printed in memory send
Not print
error
Print all
When transmission
is failed
Transmission document
1: Not print
content print in F code
transmission
Function to attach images 1: Yes
to the report table of
memory confidential send
Total communication time
1: Yes
and total number of pages
print on communication
record table
Remarks
4
0
0
1
0:
5
0
1
0
Inhibited
0: 24H
0: No
0: Reduction by the record
volume
No
0
0
8 items
1
Allowed
1
AM/PM
No
1
0
0
Reduction by the
record volume
0
0
4
0
0
1
5
0
1
0
When
transmission is
failed
0: Print
Not print
1
0
SW33-4 – 5 must be
1 set to output.
0: No
No
0
Yes
1
0: No
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 8
SW Data
Items
No. No.
1
Report output (in reception)
SW selection and functions
Bit No.
Print is inhibited.
Print all
Only in case of an
error
Bit No.
Print is inhibited.
Print all
Only when
transmission is
failed
2
3
Report output (in
transmission)
4
S
W
34
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
W
35
S
W
36
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Communication report
1: Print
output (in confidential
reception)
Report output (In broadcast,
Bit No.
sequential send request,
Print is inhibited.
and relay broadcast)
Print all
Only the address to
which transmission
is failed
Report output when
1: Output
canceling
Automatic reduction print
1: Allowed
Paper selection priority
1: Width priority
Output condition setup
Bit No.
Reduction allowed
AB
Division allowed
A
Automatic reduction rate
Binary
setup
input Bit No.
Setting range
Waiting time for PC-FAX job
end
3
S
W
37
4
5
6
7
8
Bit No.
Setting range
2
0
1
0
3
0
0
1
4
0
1
0
Waiting time for lift-up
Thin paper setup
Specification of 1m scan
when there is no line send
setting
Rotation send selection (A4
→ A4R)
Rotation transmission
selection (B5R → B5)
Rotation transmission
selection (A5R → A5)
Rotation transmission
selection (11 x 8.5 → 8.5 x
11)
Inhibited to use
Rotation scan word
calculation
Bit No.
30sec
15sec
60sec
120sec
1: Allowed
1: Specification of 1m scan
Remarks
0
Print is inhibited.
0
1
Only when
transmission is
failed
0
Print
1
0: Not print
6
0
0
1
7
0
1
0
0: Not output
0:
0:
3
0
0
1
1
Inhibited
Area priority
4
0
1
0
1
5 6 7 8
0 to 15%
1 2 3 4
0 (32min) to 15 (2 min)
0
Print all
1
Not output
0
Allowed
Area priority
1
0
When the value is
0 outside the setting
range, the initial
Reduction allowed
value is set.
0
6%
2 min
Inhibited to use
8
1
2
Binary
input
1
0
0
1
Default value
7
0
0
1
1
0:
0:
8
0
1
0
1
Inhibited
Normal operation
1: Yes
0: No
1: Yes
0: No
1: Yes
0: No
1: Yes
0: No
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
30sec
0
Inhibited
0
Normal operation
0
Yes
1
Yes
1
Yes
1
Yes
1
1
1: Round up
0: Round down
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 9
Round down
0
SW Data
Items
SW selection and functions
Default value
No. No.
1
Protocol monitor
1: Yes
0: No
No
2
Output only in case of an
1: Yes
0: No
No
error of the protocol monitor
3
Protocol monitor save
1: Save
0: Void
Save
4
Line sound monitor range
Bit No.
4 5
OFF
0 0
S
Until NSF signal is 0 1
Until NSF signal is
W
sent/received
sent/received
38
5
All
1 0
1 1
6
Line monitor display
1: Yes
0: No
No
7
Inhibited to use
8
1
Received document output 1: Output collectively after
0: Output for every reception Output for every
setting in reception
completion of reception.
of 1 page
reception of 1
page
2
Specification of data output 1: Not output
0: Output
in case of a communication
Output
error in reception
3
Memory over during
1: Output
0: Not output
Output
reception
S
4
Output method in A3 width 1:297mm width
0:11 inch width
W
297mm width
reception(AB series)
39
5
Output method in A4 width 1:8.5 inch width print
0:210mm width print
210mm width print
reception(AB series)
6
Output method in A3 width 1: 297mm width
0:11 inch width
11 inch width
reception(Inch series)
7
Output method in A4 width 1:8.5 inch width print
0:210mm width print
8.5 inch width print
reception(Inch series)
8
Relay data output
1: Yes
0: No
Yes
1
Rotation print
1: Allowed
0: Inhibited
Allowed
2
Override print setup
1: Override print
0: No override print
Override print
3
Page number print setup
1: Yes
0: No
Yes
4
Index print setup
1: Print
0: Not print
Not print
S
5
Duplex rotation print
1: Yes
0: No
Yes
W
6
Reception data duplex print 1: Yes
0: No
No
40
7
Specification of print
1: Print order (214365...)
0: Reception order
Print order
sequence in duplex print
(123456...)
(214365...)
8
Specification of rotating
1: 180° rotation
0: No 180° rotation
direction duplex back
180° rotation
surface print
1
External telephone
1: Yes
0: No
Yes
connection
2
Inhibited to use
3
S
4
W
41
5
Interval from completion of
Binary
a transmission to the next
input Bit No.
5 6 7 8
6
1sec
call-out
Setting range
0 to 15sec
7
8
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 10
Remarks
0
0
1
When the value is
outside the setting
0
range, the initial
value is set.
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
SW Data
Items
No. No.
1
Communication end buzzer
sound length
2
SW selection and functions
Binary
input
Bit No.
Setting range
S
W
42
4
1: ON
1: ON
1: Super G3 enabled
0: OFF
0: Super G3 disabled
Transmission end sound
tone
Bit No.
550Hz
1000Hz
1700Hz
Bit No.
550Hz
1000Hz
1700Hz
5
6
Reception end sound tone
7
8
1
2
3
4
S
W
43
V.34 mode function in
manual communication
V.34 mode function
Super G3 disabled in the
last call-out of recall in case
of an error
V.34 primary channel return
mode
Symbol speed mask in V.34
reception
5
6
7
8
S
W
44
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
V.34 control channel
communication speed
Control channel retrain
judgment in V.34 reception
V.34 primary channel
transmission speed
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
0
1000Hz
1
Bit No.
2400
2743
2800
3000
3200
3429
1: 2400bps
4
0
0
0
0
1
1
0:
1: Ignore EQM value
0: Judge EQM value
Binary
input
Binary
input
Speaker volume at scanner
scan end
Binary
input
ON
1
ON
1
Bit No.
Bit No.
1
PPh
5 6
0 0
0 1
1 0
1 1
0 0
0 1
1200bps
2
3
4
However, N is 0 = 2400bps,
15 = 33600bps
5
6
7
8
However, N is 0 = 2400bps,
15 = 33600bps
Bit No.
Silent
Small
Middle
Large
1
0
0
1
1
2
0
1
0
1
Bit No.
Setting range
3 4 5 6 7 8
Pattern No.: 1 to 35
Speaker volume in DTFM
send
Pattern number in DTMF
send
Binary
input
Bit No.
Silent
Small
Middle
Large
1
0
0
1
1
2
0
1
0
1
Bit No.
Setting range
3 4 5 6 7 8
Pattern No.: 1 to 35
3429
0
1
1200bps
0
Judge EQM value 0
33600bps
33600bps
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
Middle
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
Middle
0
21
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 11
1
1
21
2
S
W
46
0
1000Hz
0: Sh
Transmission speed =
2400 (bps) × N
Pattern number in scanning
1
1
1: PPh
2
S
W
45
3.0sec
Super G3 disabled 0
Transmission speed =
2400 (bps) × N
V.34 primary channel
reception speed
Remarks
0
1 2 3
1: 2.0sec
2: 2.5sec
3: 3.0sec
4: 3.5sec
5: 4.0sec
4 5
0 0
0 1
1 0
6 7
0 0
0 1
1 0
0: OFF
3
Default value
0
1
0
1
0
1
SW Data
Items
No. No.
1
Volume of line monitor from
speaker
SW selection and functions
2
S
W
47
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
Line monitor pattern
number
Binary
input
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
Volume of communication
end sound
Pattern number of
communication end sound
Binary
input
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
On-hook speaker volume
On-hook pattern number
Binary
input
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
Call sound volume
Ringing pattern number
Binary
input
3
4
5
6
7
8
3 4 5 6 7 8
Pattern No.: 1 to 35
1
0
Bit No.
Silent
Small
Middle
Large
1
0
0
1
1
2
0
1
0
1
Bit No.
Setting range
3 4 5 6 7 8
Pattern No.: 1 to 35
Bit No.
Middle
Small
Middle
Large
1
0
0
1
1
2
0
1
0
1
Bit No.
Setting range
3 4 5 6 7 8
Pattern No.: 1 to 35
Bit No.
Silent
Small
Middle
Large
1
0
0
1
1
2
0
1
0
1
Bit No.
Setting range
3 4 5 6 7 8
Pattern No.: 1 to 35
Busy tone detection cycle
Bit No.
2puls
4puls
6puls
10puls
Busy tone detection time
(Upper limit)
Busy tone detection time
(Lower limit)
Busy tone detection time
(Lower limit 2)
Inhibited to use
1: 650ms
1
0
0
1
1
0:
2
0
1
0
1
750ms
1: 350ms
0: 250ms
1: 150ms
0: Follows SW51-4.
SDT signal detection
1: Yes
0: No
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 12
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
Middle
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
Middle
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
Middle
0
21
2
S
W
51
Bit No.
Setting range
Remarks
Middle
21
2
S
W
50
2
0
1
0
1
21
2
S
W
49
1
0
0
1
1
21
2
S
W
48
Bit No.
Silent
Small
Middle
Large
Default value
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
2puls
0
750ms
0
250ms
0
Follows SW51-4.
0
No
1
0
0
SW Data
Items
No. No.
1
DT/BT detection frequency
range
2
S
W
52
3
4
Busy tone detection level
table
Busy tone detection level
SW selection and functions
Bit No.
Modem fixed
(400Hz)
420Hz–680HzHz
360Hz–440HzHz
245Hz–650Hz
1: variable (SRAM)
0
1
1
0:
1
0
1
constant (ROM)
Bit No.
–43dB
–35dB
–33dB
–30dB
4
0
0
1
1
5
0
1
0
1
5
S
W
53
S
W
54
S
W
55
S
W
56
S
W
57
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
0
Default value
2
0
0
420Hz–680Hz
1
constant (ROM)
0
0
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
Ring-back tone OFF time
Binary
input
Binary
input
Bit No.
Setting range
Bit No.
Setting range
1 2 3 4
0 to 3sec
by increment of 200ms
0 fixed
5 6 7 8
0 to 3sec
by increment of 200ms
0 fixed
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 13
0
–43dB
Inhibited to use
Ring-back tone ON time
Remarks
0sec
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0 0 fixed
0
0
0
0sec
0 0 fixed
0
0
0
SW Data
Items
No. No.
1
Inhibited to use
2
3
External connection sound
volume
4
S
W
58
SW selection and functions
Binary
input
Bit No.
Setting range
6
7
8
S
W
59
Signal send level Max.
Binary
input
Transmission cable
amplitude equalizer
6
7
Reception cable amplitude
equalizer
8
1
Reception SED ON level
2
S
W
60
S
W
61
S
W
62
S
W
63
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Inhibited to use
Reception gain adjustment
Remarks
0
0
5
1
2
3
4
5
Default value
Binary
input
3 4 5 6 7 8
0 (0.0dBm) to 48 (–24.0dBm)
Step 0.5dBm
49 (–28.0dBm)
50 (–32.0dBm)
51 (–36.0dBm)
52 (–40.0dBm)
53 (–48.0dBm)
54 (–56.0dBm)
55 (–63.0dBm)
56 (– ∞ infinite (mute))
Bit No.
Setting range
1 2 3 4
0 (0dBm) to 15 (–15dBm)
Bit No.
0dB
4dB
8dB
12dB
Bit No.
0dB
4dB
8dB
12dB
Bit No.
–43dB
–38dB
–33dB
–48dB
5
0
0
1
1
7
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
Bit No.
Setting range
6
0
1
0
1
8
0
1
0
1
2
0
1
0
1
4 5 6 7 8
0 (+6.0dBm) to 24 (–6.0dBm)
Step 0.5dBm
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 14
0
1
0
–10.0dBm
1
0
0
–8dBm
1
0
0
0
0
0dB
0
0
0dB
0
1
–48dB
1
0.0dBm
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
SW Data
No. No.
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
64
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
65
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
W
66
S
W
67
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
W
68
4
5
6
7
8
Items
SW selection and functions
Default value
Inhibited to use
DTMF send level (high
level)
Maximum DTMF send level
DTMF send level
(difference between high
and low level)
Default date, sender print
Department number
notification
Date and sender print
position setup
Error message display in
manual send (For avoiding
violation of Patents)
Inhibited to use
Polarity reversion
settlement time
After sending CFR, double
wait is inhibited for 1.6sec.
Measurement of
communication time
(image)
Reduction transmission
mode
ECM
ECM byte/frame
Recording paper tray
selection (Tray 1)
Recording paper tray
selection (Tray 2)
Recording paper tray
selection (Tray 3)
Recording paper tray
selection (Tray 4)
The tray specification of
Duplex print (Tray 1)
The tray specification of
Duplex print (Tray 2)
The tray specification of
Duplex print (Tray 3)
The tray specification of
Duplex print (Tray 4)
Binary
input
Binary
input
Binary
input
0
Outside
document
0
Inhibited
0
–6dBm
Bit No.
Setting range
1 2 3 4
0 (0.0dBm) to 15 (–15.0dBm)
0dBm
Bit No.
Setting range
5 6 7 8
0 (–2.0dBm) to 15 (+5.5dBm)
Step 0.5dBm
+2.0dBm
1: Inside document
0: Outside document
1: Allowed
0: Inhibited
Binary
input
OFF
4 5 6 7 8
0 (0.0dBm) to 21 (–21.0dBm)
0: OFF
0: OFF
Binary
input
ON
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
Bit No.
Setting range
1: ON
1: ON
Bit No.
Setting range
6 7 8
200 to 1600ms
Bit No.
Setting range
1 2 3 4
0 to 3000ms
1: Yes
Remarks
200ms
1600ms
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0: No
1: Normal
0: Reduction
1: Yes
1: 64 [bytes/frame]
1: ON
0: No
0: 256 [bytes/frame]
0: OFF
1: ON
0: OFF
1: ON
0: OFF
1: ON
0: OFF
1: ON
0: OFF
1: ON
0: OFF
1: ON
0: OFF
1: ON
0: OFF
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 15
Yes
1
Reduction
0
Yes
1
256 [bytes/frame] 0
ON
1
ON
1
ON
1
ON
1
ON
1
ON
1
ON
1
ON
1
SW Data
Items
No. No.
1
Reception size specification
(Reception capacity)
2
3
S
W
69
4
5
11 inch reception capacity
setup
Maximum reception length
Image quality in
transmission request
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
Countermeasures for echo
in reception (CED tone
send interval)
Countermeasure for echo in
transmission (After
reception of DIS, hold time
up to signal send is set.)
CED signal send
CSI transmission
DIS reception check in G3
send
DIS process selection in
reception
5
S
W
70
6
7
S
W
71
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DIS 41Bit or later enable/
disable
Time between DCS and
TCF
TCF check time
Inhibited to use
Telephone line menu
Inhibited to use
SW selection and functions
Bit No.
By the equipped
cassette
B4 (A4, B4)
A4
A3 (A4, B4, A3)
1: 255mm or 215mm
0
1
1
0:
1: Unlimited
Bit No.
Ultra fine
Super fine
Fine
Standard
1: 500ms
0:
5
0
0
1
1
0:
1: 500ms
1: Yes
1: Yes
1: 2 times
1
0
Default value
2
0
Remarks
0
By the equipped
cassette
1
0
1
303mm, 255mm or 215mm 303mm, 255mm
or 215mm
1.5m
1.5m
6
0
1
Ultra fine
0
1
75ms
75ms
0
0
0
0
0
0
0: 200ms
0: No
0: No
0: 1 time
Bit No.
Judged as reception of an echo and the command
is sent again.
Disconnects the line as an illegal DIS
When DIS judges that the receiver has poled
documents, poled transmission and the other are
judged as reception of an echo and the command
is sent again.
When DIS judges that the receiver has poled
documents, poled transmission is made. When DIS
judges that the transmitter received an echo, the
command is sent again. In the other case, it is
judged as improper DIS and the line is
disconnected.
1: Void
0: Valid
4
0
0
Yes
Yes
1
1
1 time
0
5
0
0 1
1 0
1
200ms
1
0
Judged as
reception of an
echo and the
command is sent
again.
0
Valid
0
75ms
1
1
0
0
0
0 Allowed fixed
0
0
1
0
1: 75ms
0: 150ms
1: 1.0sec
0: 1.3sec
1.0sec
1: Inhibited
0: Allowed
Allowed
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 16
Functions only when
other than SG3.
SW Data
Items
No. No.
1
RCP send times
SW selection and functions
2
S
W
72
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
The number of the flag
detection bytes
EYE-Q check
Binary
input
4
7
Error process in RTN
reception
RTN send line error rate
S
W
74
Reception waiting time
between frames
Minimum flags between
frames
FSK signal settlement time
in double wait
Preamble send time of
300bps
8
Phase C head dummy data
send time
0: 0 reception & EYE-Q
check
0: Process is not continued.
(Judged as an error.)
2
0
0
1
1
4
0
0
1
1
0:
3
0
1
0
1
5
0
1
0
1
3.4sec
Bit No.
2-flag
3-flag
4-flag
5-flag
7
0
0
1
1
8
0
1
0
1
Bit No.
Setting range
1 2 3 4
Settlement time = 50 (ms) x N
+ 200 (ms)
Bit No.
0.5sec
1.0sec
1.5sec
2.0sec
Bit No.
0.2sec
0.3sec
0.4sec
0.5sec
5
0
0
1
1
7
0
0
1
1
1: 4.4sec
Binary
input
2
0
1
0
1
0: Error
Bit No.
6 lines
12 lines
60 lines
120 lines
Bit No.
6sec
15sec
30sec
120sec
Flag-address timer setup
(V.21-FSK)
6
7
3 4 5 6
0 to 15 times
1: Not error
8
1
2
3
4
5
Bit No.
Setting range
Operation when error frame 1: Continues process.
is received.
5
6
1
0
0
1
1
1: EYE-Q check only
3
S
W
73
Bit No.
3 times
6 times
9 times
12 times
6
0
1
0
1
8
0
1
0
1
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 17
Default value
Remarks
0
3 times
0
4
0 reception &
EYE-Q check
Process is not
continued.
(Judged as an
error.)
Error
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
60 lines
0
0
6sec
0
3.4sec
0
0
2-flag
0
400ms
0
1
0
0
0
1.0sec
1
0
0.2sec
0
SW Data
Items
No. No.
1
Waiting time for CED send
start
2
3
S
W
75
CED signal send time
4
5
Waiting time for ANSam
send start
6
7
ANSam signal send time
8
S
W
76
S
W
77
S
W
78
S
W
79
S
W
80
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SW selection and functions
Bit No.
2.25sec
3sec
4sec
Bit No.
3sec
4sec
5sec
6sec
Bit No.
2.25sec
3sec
4sec
Bit No.
3sec
4sec
5sec
6sec
1
0
0
1
3
0
0
1
1
5
0
0
1
7
0
0
1
1
2
0
1
0
4
0
1
0
1
6
0
1
0
8
0
1
0
1
Inhibited to use
Default value
Remarks
0
2.25sec
0
0
3sec
0
0
2.25sec
0
0
4sec
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 18
SW Data
Items
SW selection and functions
No. No.
1
Inhibited to use
2
3
S
4
W
5
81
6
7
8
1
CI signal ON time in V.8
1: 18byte
0: 9bytes
mode
2
CI signal OFF time in V.8
1: 2sec
0: 1sec
mode
3
Inhibited to use
4
CI receive number to shift to
Bit No.
4 5
non-V.34 communication
S
Does not shift.
0 0
W
1 times
0 1
82
5
2 times
1 0
3 times
1 1
6
CI send number to shift to
Binary
Non-V.34 communication
input Bit No.
6 7 8
7
Setting range
0 to 7 times
8
When N=0, retrain is not
made.
1
Inhibited to use
2
3
S
4
W
5
83
6
7
8
1
Inhibited to use
2
3
S
4
W
5
84
6
7
8
1
Inhibited to use
2
3
S
4
W
5
85
6
7
8
1
150V ON control
1: Yes
0: No
2
CI detection
Bit No.
2 3
4 sine wave
0 0
3 sine wave
1 0
3
2 sine wave
0 1
1 1
S
4
CI delete max. OFF time
Bit No.
4 5
W
5sec
0 0
86
10sec
0 1
5
15sec
1 0
20sec
1 1
6
CI signal ON detection
Binary
enable time
input
Bit No.
6 7 8
7
Setting range
0 (155ms) to 7 (225ms)
8
by increment of 10ms
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 19
Default value
Remarks
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
9byte
0
1sec
0
0
1
2 times
0
0
1
2
0
No
4 sine wave
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
When the value is
0 outside the setting
range, the initial value
is set.
0
0
10sec
1
155ms
0 PWB for Australia
0 only can be changed.
0
SW Data
No. No.
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
87
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
88
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
89
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
90
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
91
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
92
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
93
6
7
8
Items
CI signal OFF detectable
time
SW selection and functions
Binary
input
Bit No.
Setting range
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0 to 1270ms
by increment of 10ms
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 20
Default value
1200ms
Remarks
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SW Data
No. No.
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
94
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
95
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
96
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
97
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
98
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
99
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
100
6
7
8
Items
SW selection and functions
Default value
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
T1 timer setup
Binary
input
Bit No.
Setting range
5 6 7 8
15 to 90sec
by increment of 5sec
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 21
40sec
Remarks
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
SW Data
No. No.
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
101
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
102
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
103
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
104
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
105
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
106
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
107
6
7
8
Items
SW selection and functions
Inhibited to use
Default value
Remarks
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 22
SW Data
Items
No. No.
1
Inhibited to use
2
3
S
4
W
5
108
6
7
8
1
Print lead edge adjustment
(Left edge adjustment)
2
3
4
S
W
109
S
W
110
S
W
111
S
W
112
S
W
113
S
W
114
SW selection and functions
1: –
Binary
input
5
6
7
8
Print lead edge adjustment
(Lead edge adjustment)
1
2
3
4
Print lead edge adjustment
(Rear edge adjustment)
5
6
7
8
Print lead edge adjustment
(left edge position) rear
1
2
3
4
Print lead edge adjustment
(lead edge position) rear
5
6
7
8
Print lead edge adjustment
(rear edge position) rear
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
Print magnification ratio
adjustment (main scan)
5
6
7
8
Sub scan rear edge image 1: –
loss in scan effective image Binary
area (OC)
input
Print magnification radio
adjustment (sub scan)
Scan effective image area
(OC) sub scan lead edge
image loss
1: –
Binary
input
1: –
Binary
input
1: –
Binary
input
1: –
Binary
input
1: –
Binary
input
1: –
Binary
input
1: –
Binary
input
1: –
Binary
input
0: +
Bit No.
Setting range
Bit No.
Setting range
Bit No.
Setting range
Bit No.
Setting range
Bit No.
Setting range
Bit No.
Setting range
Bit No.
Setting range
2 3 4
0 to ±112 dots
in the interval of 16 dots
0: +
6 7 8
0 to ±112 lines
in the interval of 16 lines
0: +
2 3 4
0 to ±112 lines
in the interval of 16 lines
0: +
6 7 8
0 to ±112 dots
in the interval of 16 dots
0: +
2 3 4
0 to ±112 lines
in the interval of 16 lines
0: +
6 7 8
0 to ±112 lines
in the interval of 16 lines
0: +
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 to ±12.7%
by increment of 0.1%
0: +
Bit No.
Setting range
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 to ±12.7%
by increment of 0.1%
Default value
+
48 dots
Bit No.
Setting range
48 lines
0
0
1
1
+
48 lines
0
0
1
1
+
48 dots
0
0
1
1
+
48 lines
0
0
1
1
+
48 lines
0
0
1
1
+
0%
+
0%
2 3 4
0 to ±56 lines
in the interval of 8 lines
0: +
+0 lines
6 7 8
0 to ±56 lines
in the interval of 8 lines
+0 lines
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 23
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
+
0: +
Bit No.
Setting range
Remarks
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SW Data
Items
No. No.
1
Scan effective image area
(OC) main scan left edge
2
image loss
3
4
S
W
115
S
W
116
S
W
117
SW selection and functions
1: –
Binary
input
5
6
7
8
Scan effective image area
(OC) main scan right edge
image loss
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
Scan magnification
1: –
adjustment OC (main scan) Binary
input
5
6
Sub scan rear edge image 1: –
loss in scan effective image Binary
area (SPF)
input
S
W
118
Scan magnification ratio
adjustment OC (sub scan)
Scan effective image area
(SPF) sub scan lead edge
image loss
1: –
Binary
input
1: –
Binary
input
1: –
Binary
input
Default value
0: +
Bit No.
Setting range
Bit No.
Setting range
Bit No.
Setting range
2 3 4
0 to ±56 dots
in the interval of 8 dots
0: +
+0 dots
6 7 8
0 to ±56 dots
in the interval of 8 dots
0: +
+0 dots
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 to ±12.7%
by increment of 0.1%
0: +
Bit No.
Setting range
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 to ±12.7%
by increment of 0.1%
Bit No.
Setting range
2 3 4
0 to ±56 lines
in the interval of 8 lines
0: +
0%
+
0%
+0 lines
6 7 8
0 to ±14 lines
in the interval of 2 lines
8
S
W
119
1: –
Binary
input
5
6
7
8
Scan effective image area 1: –
(SPF) main scan right edge Binary
image loss
input
0: +
Bit No.
Setting range
Bit No.
Setting range
2 3 4
0 to ±56 dots
in the interval of 8 dots
0: +
+0 dots
6 7 8
0 to ±56 dots
in the interval of 8 dots
+0 dots
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 24
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
+0 lines
Scan effective image area
(SPF) main scan left edge
image loss
0
0
0
0
+
7
1
2
3
4
0
0
0
0
0: +
Bit No.
Setting range
Remarks
0 Since the rear edge
of the SPF cannot be
specified with
0
coordinates, it is
pulled after scanning,
Since the set value is
not a coordinate
0 value, its unit differs
from that of the other
set values. The value
cannot be increased
0 over the coordinates
specified in scanning.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SW Data
Items
No. No.
1
Scan effective image area
(SPF) rear sub scan lead
2
edge image loss
3
4
5
6
S
W
120
Scan effective image area
(SPF) rear sub scan rear
edge image loss
SW selection and functions
1: –
Binary
input
1: –
Binary
input
Default value
0: +
Bit No.
Setting range
Bit No.
Setting range
2 3 4
0 to ±56 lines
in the interval of 8 lines
0: +
+0 lines
6 7 8
0 to ±14 lines
in the interval of 2 lines
+0 lines
8
S
W
121
S
W
122
S
W
123
S
W
124
S
W
125
Scan effective image area
(SPF) rear main scan left
edge image loss
5
6
7
8
Scan effective image area
(SPF) rear main scan right
edge image loss
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Scan magnification ratio
adjustment SPF (main
scan)
1: –
Binary
input
1: –
Binary
input
1: –
Binary
input
Scan magnification ratio
1: –
adjustment SPF (sub scan) Binary
input
Print magnification ratio
1: –
adjustment rear (main scan) Binary
input
Print magnification ratio
adjustment rear (sub scan)
1: –
Binary
input
0: +
Bit No.
Setting range
Bit No.
Setting range
Bit No.
Setting range
2 3 4
0 to ±56 dots
in the interval of 8 dots
0: +
+0 dots
6 7 8
0 to ±56 dots
in the interval of 8 dots
0: +
+0 dots
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 to ±12.7%
by increment of 0.1%
0: +
Bit No.
Setting range
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 to ±12.7%
by increment of 0.1%
0: +
Bit No.
Setting range
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 to ±12.7%
by increment of 0.1%
0: +
Bit No.
Setting range
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 to ±12.7%
by increment of 0.1%
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 25
0
0
0
0
7
1
2
3
4
Remarks
0 Since the rear edge
of the SPF cannot be
specified with
0 coordinates, it is
pulled after scanning,
Since the set value is
not a coordinate
0 value, its unit differs
from that of the other
set values. The value
cannot be increased
0 over the coordinates
specified in scanning.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
+
0%
+
0%
+
0%
+
0%
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SW Data
No. No.
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
126
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
127
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
128
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
129
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
130
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
131
6
7
8
1
2
3
S
4
W
5
132
6
7
8
Items
SW selection and functions
Scan magnification ratio
1: –
adjustment SPF rear (main Binary
scan)
input
Scan magnification ratio
adjustment SPF rear (sub
scan)
1: –
Binary
input
0: +
Bit No.
Setting range
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 to ±12.7%
by increment of 0.1%
0: +
Bit No.
Setting range
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 to ±12.7%
by increment of 0.1%
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
Inhibited to use
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 26
Default value
+
0%
+
0%
Remarks
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
SW Data
Items
No. No.
1
Inhibited to use
2
3
S
4
W
5
133
6
7
8
SW selection and functions
Default value
Remarks
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
3. Soft switch descriptions
SW5 No. 3 Flash memory check measuring range
SW1 No.1–No.8 Country information
Destination setup
Operation check usually can be done by 256-byte check. Setting to 1
will check all areas of the flash memory. Note that it takes about 20
min.
SW2 No.1, No.2 SIM language information
Default: 0 (256 bytes)
SIM language selection
SW5 No. 4 ICU UART1 output
SW2 No.3–No.8 Language information
Used to set whether ICU UART 1 output is made or not.
Language selection
Default: 1 (Output is not made)
SW3 No. 1 Sharp machine mode
SW5 No.5–No.8 24V reset wait time
Sharp machine mode setup
Used to set the 24V reset wait time.
Default: 1 (ON)
The set range is 0 to 750 by binary input.
SW3 No. 2 Sharp machine mode (F code)
Default: 500ms
Sharp machine mode (F code) setup
SW6 No. 1 Auto/Manual default setup
Default: 0 (OFF)
Used to set Enable/Disable of FAST operation.
Used to select Auto/Manual reception mode when turning on the
power. (When no external telephone is connected, do not select Manual. However, setup is possible and reception can be made by onhook.)
This SW must be set to enable FAST operation by the serviceman.
When set to 1, manual reception.
Default: 0 (NO)
When set to 0, auto reception.
SW3 No. 4 Center number in FAST (Canada: Inhibited to
use)
Default: 0 (Auto reception)
Center number setup in FAST
SW6 No.3, No.4 Size specification
SW3 No. 3 FAST mode (Canada: Inhibited to use)
Default: 0 (Service-No.)
SW3 No.5–No.7 Maintenance cycle (Canada: Inhibited to
use)
Setup for judgment of consumable parts notification when using the
F.A.S.T. function.
This setup should be the same as SIM21-1 setup.
SW6 No. 2 Inhibited to use.
Used to set inch series or AB series for recording paper when printing
received documents.
Normally there is no need to change from “Follow the machine information.”
Default: 0 1 (follows the machine information)
SW6 No. 5 Inhibited to use.
Default: 0 0 1 (75K)
SW3 No. 8 Maintenance system
SW6 No. 6 Memory transmission/direction transmission
default setup
Setting of the machine model for judgment of consumable parts system in the FAST function
Used to select Memory/Direction transmission when the power is
turned on and the time out is cleared.
Default: 0 (AR)
When set to 1, direct transmission is selected when the power is turned
on and the time out is cleared.
SW4 No.1–4 Inhibited to use.
When set to 0, memory transmission is selected when the power is
turned on and the time out is cleared.
SW4 No.5–No.8 RingBackTone pre-send times
Used to set RingBackTone pre-send times.
Default: 0 (Memory transmission)
Setup is made in the range of 0 – 15 times by binary input.
SW6 No. 7 Quick memory transmission
Default: 0 time (fixed)
Used to set whether the all soft switches are initialized or not.
Used to set whether quick memory transmission (transmission of ringing before completion of scanning) is performed or not. Linked with the
key operator program menu.
When set to 1, the initialization is made.
Default: 1 (Allowed)
SW5 No. 1 Initialization control inside program
When set to 0, No initialization is made.
Default: 0 (nothing is made)
SW5 No. 2 For FAX debug
Used to set ON/OFF of FAX debug mode.
When set to 1, debug mode is ON.
When set to 0, debug mode is OFF.
Default: 0 (Debug mode OFF)
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 27
SW6 No. 8 Remote reception instruction
SW10 No. 1 F-code relay broadcast function
Used to set whether the remove switching function is allowed or not.
Used to set whether F code relay broadcast instruction from the other
party is received and relay broadcast transmission is performed or F
code relay broadcast instruction is not received (though the relay box
number by SUB coincides with) from the other party.
When set to 1, the function is allowed.
When set to 0, the function is not allowed.
Default: 1 (Allowed)
Though this function is set to disable, F code instruction can be transmitted.
SW7 No.1–No.8 Remote selection number setup
Used to set the number by binary input for remote switch reception
from an external telephone. "**" in a remote switch number (X**) is
fixed.
When 10 or greater value is entered, the operations will be the same
as setup of 5.
Default: 5
Default: 0 (Allowed)
SW10 No. 2 F-code confidential reception
Used to set whether F-code confidential instruction is received or not
(though the confidential box number by SUB coincides with) from the
other party.
SW8 No.1–No.3 Image quality priority selection
Though this function is set to disable, F code transmission can be
made.
Used to set the initial value of image selection when scanning a document.
Default: 0 (Allowed)
When set to 1 0 0, the same operation as standard mode.
SW10 No. 3 Yes/No of SUB capacity in reception
Used to set notification of YES/NO of DIS signal Bit 49 SUB capacity.
Default: 0 0 0 (standard)
"1": No
SW8 No.4–No.8 Density default setup
"0": Yes
Used to set the default density setup of the operation panel.
Default: 0 (YES)
Default: 0 0 0 0 0 (automatic)
If set to “1” (NO), the F code transmission from the other party can be
inhibited.
SW9 No. 1 Proxy reception
When set to “1,” auto reception is accepted under the following conditions and substitution reception is made.
SW10 No. 4 Yes/No of SEP capacity in reception
(1) No recording paper or jam
"1": Inhibited
(2) Remaining image memory capacity is 128KB or 64KB or above.
"0": Allowed
(3) The number of memory reception (max. 50 items) and the number
of pages do not exceed the limit.
Default: 0 (allowed)
When set to 0, the automatic reception is not received when no recording paper or jam.
SW10 No. 5 Yes/No of reception PWD capacity
Used to set notification of YES/NO of DIS signal Bit 47 SEP capacity.
When set to 1 (NO), F code polling is inhibited.
Used to set whether password function is judged or not for F code bulletin board polling.
Default: 1 (YES)
SW9 No. 2 Transfer function
"1": Password is not judged. Password is disregarded and communication is allowed.
Used to set whether transfer function is allowed or not.
Default: 1 (allowed)
"0": Password is judged. If password is not acceptable, communication is cut off.
SW9 No. 3 Relay broadcast function
Used to set whether the interface broadcasting command is received
from the other party to perform interface broadcasting or the interface
broadcasting command is not received from the other party.
When set to 1, the relay broadcast instruction from the allowed party is
received.
When set to 0, the relay broadcast instruction even from the allowed
party is not received.
Default: 1 (The relay broadcast instruction is received.)
Though this function is set to disable, the interface broadcasting command can be sent.
SW9 No. 4 – No.5 Inhibited to use.
SW9 No. 6 Cover function default setup
Used to set whether the cover is added or not in transmission.
When set to 1, the cover is added.
When set to 0, the cover is not added.
Default: 0 (Password is judged.)
SW10 No. 6 Yes/No of SID capacity in reception
Used to set whether password is judged or nor in F code reception.
"1": Password is not judged. Password is disregarded and communication is allowed.
"0": Password is judged. If password is not acceptable, communication is cut off.
Default: 0 (Password is judged.)
SW10 No. 7 Judgment of the system number of bulletin
board transmission
Used to set whether the condition of coincidence between the system
number of this machine and that of the other party machine is
employed as a criterion to judge whether to allow bulletin transmission
by receiving polling transmission from the other party machine made
by our company.
"1": When the system number of the other party machine made by our
company coincide with the system number of this machine, polling is allowed.
Default: 0 (The cover is not added.)
SW9 No. 7 Specified number reception
Used to set ON//OFF the function to reject the fax reception from the
specified numbers.
Default: 0 (Ignore specified number reception)
SW9 No. 8 Specified number reception in manual
reception
"0": Though the system number of the other party machine made by
our company coincide with the system number of this machine,
polling is inhibited.
Default: 0 (Inhibited)
Used to set whether reception from manual reception is rejected or not
when reception function by specifying the number is ON.
Default: 1 (Reject specified number reception)
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 28
SW10 No. 8 Send request protection
SW14 No.5–No.8 Recall interval in communication error
Used to set YES/NO of the confidential protection function (inhibition of
transmission to an erroneous party). Confidential protection is performed by collating the number registered in this machine and that in
the other party’s machine. (Sender’s telephone number ↔ Send
request allow number, System number ↔ ID number)
Used to set recall interval after disconnection of communication due to
a communication error in memory transmission.
When set to 1, protection is not made.
When set to 0, protection is made.
The set range is 0 to 15 min in the increment of 1 min by binary input.
When set to 0, recall is made immediately after disconnection.
However, the time interval set by SW41-5–8 (Interval between the end
of a communication and the next call) is taken.
Default: 1 min
Default: 0 (Protection)
SW15 No. 1 – No.3 Inhibited to use.
SW11 No. 1 Dept. management
Used to set Enable/Disable of FAX using dept. management by the
use of the dept. management function.
When set to 1, the department management function is enabled.
When set to 0, the department management function is not used.
Default: 0 (Dept. management is disabled)
SW15 No.4–No.8 Signal send level
Used to set the attenuation quantity of signal send level from the
modem.
0 (0dBm) to 26 (–26dBm)
Default: –11dBm
SW16 No.1–No.4 Modem speed (V.33 mode or less)
SW11 No. 2 Inhibited to use.
SW11 No. 3 Sender’s telephone number registration
Used to set whether the registered sender’s TEL No. can be changed
or not.
When set to 1, sender’s TEL No. cannot be registered and changed.
To prevent sender’s TEL No. from being changed erroneously, this is
set to 1.
Default: 0 (Enabled)
SW11 No. 4 Yes/No of manual send selection menu
display
Used to set whether the manual transmission selection screen is displayed or not.
Default: 1 (displayed)
Used to set the speed to start communication. When communication
troubles occur frequently, the speed may be reduced to solve the troubles.
Default: 1 0 0 0 (V.17 14.4kbps)
SW16 No.5, No.6 Modem speed in reception fixed
Used to set the start speed of reception procedure when receiving from
the other party other than V.34.
bit
5
0
0
1
1
6
0
1
0
1
:
:
:
:
No fixing
V.29-9600BPS
V.27ter-4800BPS
V.17-14400BPS
When set to "no fixing," the operations are the same as V.1714400BPS.
SW11 No.5–No.8 Distinctive ringing
The above four setups are possible. The reception procedure is started
at the set communication speed.
The function judges TEL or FAX by CI ringing.
Default: 0 0 0 0 (OFF)
Default: 0 0 (no fixing) Reception is made at the proper communication
speed.
SW12 No. 1 Direct send recall Allow/Inhibit
Used to set Allow/Inhit of direct send recall.
SW16 No. 7 EOL detection timer
Default: 1 (allowed)
SW12 No.2–No.7 Inhibited to use.
Used to set the detection timer of EOL (End Of Life) when Phase-C
reception.
SW12 No.8 Remote selection models
When set to 1, the timer is set to 25sec.
Used to set remote selection models.
When set to 0, the timer is set to 13sec.
Default: 0 (Call-in only)
Default: 0 (13 sec)
SW13 No.1–No.4 Recall times in busy
SW16 No. 8 RTN EOL send times
Used to set the number of recall times in case of busy state of the other
party or when call does not reach the other party.
Used to set the RTN EOL send times.
Setup is made in the range of 0 – 14 times by binary input.
SW17 No. 1 Inhibited to use.
When set to 0, recall is not made.
Default: 1 (6 times)
SW17 No. 2 MH fixed (except for SG3)
Default: 2 times of recall
SW13 No.5–No.8 Recall interval in busy
Used to set whether the encoding system is fixed to MH or not in a
mode other than SG3 communication.
Used to set recall interval after disconnection due to the busy state of
the other party or no response.
When set to 1, the encoding system is fixed to MH.
The set range is 1 to 15 min in the increment of 1 min by binary input.
When set to 0, it is the same as setup of 3 min.
Default: 0 (The encoding system is not fixed to MH.)
SW17 No. 3 ECM MMR mode (except for SG3)
Default: 3 min
SW14 No.1–No.4 Recall number in case of a transmission
error
Used to set the number of recall times in case of a communication
error.
Setup is made in the range of 0 – 1 times by binary input.
When set to 0, the encoding system is not fixed to MH.
Used to set whether MMR encoding system is allowed or inhibited,
except for SG3 communication.
When set to 1, MMR encoding system is allowed.
When set to 0, MMR encoding system is inhibited.
Default: 1 (MMR encoding system is allowed)
When set to 0, recall is not made.
Default: 1 time of recall
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 29
SW17 No. 4 ECM JBIG mode (except for SG3)
SW21 No. 1 Dial tone detection
Used to set whether JBIG encoding system is allowed or inhibited,
except for SG3 communication.
Used to set whether dial tone detection is performed or not in auto dial
ringing.
When set to 1, JBIG encoding system is allowed.
"1": Yes
When set to 0, JBIG encoding system is inhibited.
"0": No
Default: 1 (JBIG encoding system is allowed)
When set to YES and dial tone is not detected, dial is not performed.
SW17 No. 5 Inhibited to use.
Default: 0 (NO)
SW17 No. 6 MH fixed (SG3)
SW21 No. 2 Busy tone detection
Used to set whether the encoding system is fixed to MH or not in SG3
communication.
Used to set whether busy tone signal is detected or not in ringing.
When set to 1, the encoding system is fixed to MH.
When set to 0, busy tone is not detected.
When set to 0, the encoding system is not fixed to MH.
Default: 1 (Busy tone is detected.)
Default: 0 (The encoding system is not fixed to MH.)
SW21 No. 3 Dial tone monitoring time
SW17 No. 7 ECM MMR mode (SG3)
Used to set dial tone monitoring time when detecting dial tone.
Used to set whether MMR encoding system is allowed or not in SG3
communication.
"1": 10sec
When set to 1, MMR encoding system is allowed.
Default: 0 (5sec)
When set to 0, MMR encoding system is inhibited.
SW21 No. 4 CED detection time
Default: 1 (MMR encoding system is allowed)
When set to 1, busy tone is detected.
"0": 5sec
SW17 No. 8 ECM JBIG mode (SG3)
Used to set CED/ANSam signal detection time. When the CED/
ANSam signal is detected for duration of the set time, it is recognized.
Used to set whether JBIG encoding system is allowed or not in SG3
communication.
When set to 1, if a signal is detected for 500ms or more, it is recognized.
When set to 1, JBIG encoding system is allowed.
When set to 0, JBIG encoding system is inhibited.
When set to 0, if a signal is detected for 1000ms or more, it is recognized.
Default: 1 (JBIG encoding system is allowed)
Default: 0 (1000ms or more)
SW18 No.1–No.4 Setup of number of times of call rings
SW21 No.5–No.8 Inhibited to use.
Used to set the number of call rings until reception is started in auto
reception mode.
SW22 No.1, No.2 Waiting time for dial start
Setup is in the range of 0 – 9 (times) by binary input.
When set to 0, no ring is made.
When ringing is made without detecting dial tone, ringing is made after
setting this time.
Default: 2 times
When set to 0 0, ringing is made after 3.5sec.
SW18 No.5–No.8 Inhibited to use.
When set to 0 1, ringing is made after 4sec.
SW19 No.1–No.4 Minimum pause time (10PPS) setup
Used to set the minimum pause time (10PPS).
Setup is made in the range of 0 (525ms) – 15 (900ms) by binary input
of N in "X (ms) = (N × 25) + 525".
Used to set wait time from connection of the line to start of dial ringing.
When set to 1 0, ringing is made after 5sec.
When set to 1 1, ringing is made after 6sec.
Default: 3.5sec.
SW22 No.3, No.4 CNG send start time
Default: 750ms
Used to set the CNG send start time.
SW19 No. 5–No.8 Inhibited to use.
Default: 0 0 (0.5 sec)
SW22 No.5, No.6 Tone/pulse default setup
SW20 No. 1–No.4 Inhibited to use.
SW20 No. 5 SIM DTMF sound speaker selection window
Used to set YES/NO of SIM DTMF sound speaker selection screen.
Default: 0 (NO)
Use line setting (Dial setting)
Selection of 10PPS, 20PPS, and TONE is available.
The setup items are as follows:
bit
SW20 No.6, No.7 Flash send wait time
Used to set wait time from off-hook status to Flash signal transmission
in the register recall function.
5
0
0
1
6
0
1
0
: 10PPS
: 20PPS
: TONE
Default: 0 0 (0sec) (fixed)
Default: 1 0 (Tone)
SW20 No. 8 Receivable memory capacity
SW22 No. 7 DPMUTE control
Used to set the remaining memory capacity for acceptance of call.
Used to set whether DPMUTE control is used or not.
When set to 1, ringing is made until the remaining memory capacity is
64KB or less.
1: ON
When set to 0, ringing is made until the remaining memory capacity is
128KB or less.
Default: 0 (OFF)
Default: 0 (Ringing is made until the remaining is 128KB or less.)
0: OFF
SW22 No. 8 DP dial pulse number process
Used to set the process of the number of DP dialing pulse.
1: 10-N
0: Normal (N)
Default: 0 (Normal N)
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 30
SW23 No.1 Inhibited to use.
SW27 No.5–No.8 Setting of DPMUTE OFF time after dial
SW23 No. 2 Monitoring polarity reversion during send
image
Used to set DPMUTE OFF time after dial.
Used to set YES/NO of monitoring polarity reversion during communication on the dialing side.
Setup is made in the range of 5 – 80ms by binary input of N in "X (ms)
= (N × 5) + 5" in the increment of 5ms.
N can be set in the range of 0 – 15.
When set to 1, polarity reversion is monitored.
Default: 5ms
When set to 0, polarity reversion is not monitored.
SW28 No.1–No.4 Pause time setup
Default: 0 (NO) (fixed)
Used to set the pause time.
SW23 No. 3 Monitoring polarity reversion during
communication
The set range is 1 sec to 15 sec by binary input.
Used to set whether the poolarity reversion is monitored or not during
dialing.
Default: 2sec
When set to 1, polarity reversion is monitored.
When set to 0 sec, the same as the setup of 2 sec.
SW28 No.5, No.6 Flash send time
When set to 0, polarity reversion is not monitored.
Used to set ON time of Flash pulse width to be sent in sending Flash
signal to the line.
Default: 0 (NO) (fixed)
Default: 0 0 (90ms) (fixed)
SW23 No.4–No.8 Setting of time before dial (10PPS)
SW28 No.7, No.8 Line open delay time in dial test
Used to set the time before dial (10PPS)
Used to set the line open delay time in dial test.
Setup is made in the range of 0 (50ms) – 31 (360ms) by binary input of
N in "X (ms) = (N × 10) + 50".
Default: 0 0 (2 sec)
Default: 60ms
SW29 No. 1 Communication record table automatic print
SW24 No.5–No.8 Waiting time for OFF HOOK
Used to set whether the communication record table is printed automatically when each of transmission/reception data of communication
record table reaches 50 items.
Used to set the wait time of OFF HOOK.
When set to 1, the table is automatically printed.
The set range is 0 (50ms) – 15 (200ms) in the increment of 10ms by
binary input of N in “X (ms) = (N x 10) + 50”.
When set to 0, the table is not printed though the data reaches 50
items.
Default: 100ms
Default: 0 (No print)
SW25 No.1–No.4 Make time (10PPS) setup
SW29 No. 2 Time specification of communication record
table
SW24 No.1–No.4 Inhibited to use.
Used to set the make rate when dialing at 10PPS.
The set range of N is 0 to 15 in binary input for the make rate of (N +26
ms), which ranges from 26 to 41 ms.
Used to set whether time is enabled or not in the output function of
communication record table at the specified time.
Linked with the key operator program.
Default: 40ms
Default: 0 (Inhibited)
SW25 No.5–No.8 Inhibited to use.
SW29 No.3, No.4 Sequence of year, month, and day on the
LCD, the report, and the sender’s record
SW26 No.1–No.5 DTMF signal send time
Used to set the send time when sending DTMF signal.
Setup is made in the range of 60 – 310ms by binary input of N in
"10(ms) × N" in the increment of 10ms.
N can be set in the range of 6 – 31.
Used to set the recording sequence of year, month, and day on the
LCD, reports, and the sender’s record.
Default: Month, day, year
SW29 No.5–No.8 Call time setup in automatic
transmission (T0 timer setup)
When N is set to 0, it is the same as 110ms (N=11).
Default: 110ms
SW26 No.6–No.8 Minimum pause time (DTMF) setup
Used to set the minimum pause time (DTMF).
Setup is made in the range of 90 – 160ms by binary input of N in "X
(ms) = (N × 10) + 90" in the increment of 10ms.
Used to set the call time when call does not reach the other party in
auto send mode.
The set range is 30 to 75 sec in the increment of 5 sec by binary input
of "(5 sec × N) + 30 sec)".
N can be set in the range of 0 – 7.
N can be set in the range of 0 – 15. Setting to 10 – 15 (setup of 80 –
105 sec) comes the same as the setup of 45 sec.
Default: 120ms
Default: 45sec (N=3)
SW27 No. 1 Inhibited to use.
SW30 No.1–No.3 Inhibited to use.
SW27 No.2–No.4 Setting of time before dial (DTMF)
Used to set the time before dial (DTMF)
SW30 No.4–No.8 Time specification print (o’clock) on the
communication report table
Setup is made in the range of 30 – 100ms by binary input of N in "X
(ms) = (N × 10) + 30" in the increment of 10ms.
Used to set "o’clock" of the time (o’clock, min) when specifying the time
on the communication report table.
N can be set in the range of 0 – 7.
Setup is in the range of 0 – 23 (o’clock) by binary input.
Default: 50ms
When set to 24 – 31, the time is set to 0 o’clock.
Default: 0 o’clock
SW31 No.1, No.2 Inhibited to use.
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 31
SW31 No.3–No.8 Time specification print (min) on the
communication report table
SW33 No. 8 Total communication time and total number of
pages print on communication record table
Used to set "min" of the time (o’clock, min) when specifying the time on
the communication report table.
Used to set Print/Not print the total communication time and the total
number of pages on the communication record table.
Setup is in the range of 0 – 59 (min) by binary input.
(When set to 60 – 63, the time is set to 0min.)
When set to 1, the total communication time and the total number of
pages are printed on the communication record table.
Default: 0 min
When set to 0, not printed on the communication record table.
SW32 No.1, No.2 Default telephone book setup
Default: 1 (YES)
Used to set YES/NO of default telephone book displaying.
SW34 No.1, No.2 Report output (in reception)
Default: 0 0 (Basic screen)
Used to set whether the communication report table is outputted or not
when a reception (excluding confidential reception) is made.
SW32 No. 3 Next address key input in broadcast
Used to set YES/NO of Next address key input in broadcast.
Default: 0 (No)
Setup is selected from "print inhibition," "all output," and "only when
transmission is failed" as follows:
bit
SW32 No.4, No.5 One-touch dial display number switch
Used to set the number of one-touch dial display.
Default: 0 1 (8)
1
0
0
1
2
0
1
0
: Print is inhibited.
: Print all
: Only in case of an error
SW32 No. 6 Shift of the power OFF state in shut off
Default: 0 0 (printing is inhibited)
Used to set whether the shift of the power OFF state in shut off is
allowed or inhibited.
SW34 No.3, No.4 Report output (in transmission)
Default: 1 (allowed)
SW32 No. 7 Time indication format
Used to set the sequence of year, month, and day in the LCD display,
report, and sender record.
When set to 1, time is indicated in AM/PM format.
Used to set whether the communication report table is outputted or not
after the transmission (excluding broadcast, sequential send request,
and relay broadcast).
Setup is selected from "print inhibition," "all output," and "only when
transmission is failed" as follows:
bit
When set to 0, time is indicated in 24H format.
Default: 1 (AM/PM format)
3
0
0
1
4
0
1
0
: Print is inhibited.
: Print all
: Only when transmission is failed
SW32 No. 8 Priority in the day of week
Default: 1 0 (Only when transmission is failed)
Used to set the recording sequence of the day of month and the day of
week if the date is in the sequence of month, day, and year.
SW34 No. 5 Communication report output (in confidential
reception)
Default: 0 (NO)
SW33 No. 1 Inhibited to use.
Used to set whether the communication report table is outputted or not
when a confidential reception is made.
SW33 No. 2 Report output on less than A4 (LTR)
When set to 1, the communication report table is printed.
Used to set the report output on less than A4 (LTR).
When set to 0, the communication report table is not printed.
Default: 0 (Reduction by the record volume)
Default: 1 (Print)
SW33 No. 3 Inhibited to use.
SW34 No.6, No.7 Report output (In broadcast, sequential
send request, and relay broadcast)
SW33 No.4, No.5 Contents of send document are printed
in memory send
Used to set Print/Not print part of the sent document in the transmission result table in case of a memory transmission error.
When set to 0 0, the transmitted document is not printed on the transmission result table.
When set to 0 1, all the transmitted document are printed on the transmission result table.
When set to 1 0, the transmitted document is printed on the transmission result table only when the transmission is failed.
Default: 1 0 (when the transmission is failed)
SW33 No. 6 Transmission document content print in F
code transmission
Used to set whether the sent document content is print or not in F code
transmission.
SW33-4 – 5 must be set to output.
Used to set whether the communication report table is outputted or not
after the transmission (in broadcast, sequential send request, and
relay broadcast).
Setup is selected from "print inhibition," "all output," and "only the
address to which transmission is failed" as follows:
bit
6
0
0
1
7
0
1
0
: Print is inhibited.
: Print all
: Only the address to which transmission is failed
Default: 0 1 (All print)
SW34 No. 8 Report output when canceling
Used to set whether the communication report table is outputted or not
when canceling transmission during document transmission.
When set to 1, the communication report table is printed.
When set to 0, the communication report table is not printed.
Default: 0 (No print)
Default: 1 (Not print)
SW33 No. 7 Function to attach images to the report table
of memory confidential send
SW35 No. 1 Automatic reduction print
Used to set whether images are attached to the report table of memory
confidential send
Used to set whether the received document is automatically reduced
and printed so that the print-out is fit in a fixed size when the document
size is longer than the fixed sizes but smaller than the max. length of
automatic reduction ratio.
Default: 0 (NO)
When set to 1, the document is printed with automatic reduction.
When set to 0, the document is printed without reduction.
Default: 1 (Automatic reduction print enable)
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 32
SW35 No. 2 Paper selection priority
Used to set whether the FAX reception paper is selected by data width
priority or data area priority.
SW37 No. 6 Rotation transmission selection (11 × 8.5 →
8.5 × 11)
"1": Width priority
Used to set whether Letter (landscape) document is transmitted as A3
width or the scanned image is rotated and transmitted as A4R width.
"0": Area priority
Default: 1 (Rotation)
Default: 0 (area priority)
SW37 No. 7 Inhibited to use.
SW35 No.3, No.4 Output condition setup
SW37 No. 8 Rotation scan word calculation
Used to set whether the received data are reduced or divided to print
when a document is received and there is no suitable size paper.
Used to set the rootation scan word calculation.
bit
3
0
0
1
1
4
0
1
0
1
:
:
:
:
Default: 0 (Round down)
SW38 No. 1 Protocol monitor
Reduction allowed
AB
Division allowed
A
Used to set whether communication protocol result is printed after
completion of communication or not.
Used for communication test.
Default: 0 0 (Reduction print)
Default: 0 (No print)
SW35 No.5–No.8 Automatic reduction rate setup
SW38 No. 2 Output only in case of an error of the protocol
monitor
Used to set the length of a received document which can be automatically reduced and printed on paper longer than the fixed sizes when
automatic reduction print is allowed.
Setup is made in the range of 0 – 15% by binary input of N in "100% –
N × 1%."
Default: 94% (6% reduction)
Used to set whether protocol monitor is outputted only when a communication error occurs or every time when communication is completed.
Effective when SW38-1 (Protocol monitor) is set to YES. However,
only when SW38-1 is set to 1 (YES), protocol monitor is outputted in
case of a communication error.
Default: 0 (NO)
SW36 No.1–No.4 Waiting time for PC-FAX job end
Used to set the waiting time for PC-FAX job end.
The set range is 0 (32 min) to 15 (2 min) in the increment of 2 min by
binary input.
SW38 No. 3 Protocol monitor save
Used to set whether the protocol monitor of the final communication is
saved or not.
Default: 2 min.
When set to "Saved," the preceding protocol monitor can be printed
with SIM 66-21.
SW36 No.5, No.6 Inhibited to use.
Default: 1 (Save)
SW36 No.7, No.8 Waiting time for lift-up
SW38 No.4, No.5 Line sound monitor range
Used to set the wait time before starting printing when the cassette is
being lift up in print ready state.
Used to set the line sound monitor range when the line monitor function is used.
Default: 0 0 (30 sec)
Used to set to monitor NSF signal send/receive until NSF signal is
sent/received.
SW37 No. 1 Thin paper setup
When set to ALL, all procedures up to line disconnection are monitored.
Used to set whether the thin paper use is allowed or not.
Default: 0 (Inhibited)
The setup items are as follows:
SW37 No. 2 Specification of 1m scan when there is no line
send setting
Used to set “Reception specification of 1m” when SW37-3 – 6 (Rotation transmission selection) is set to NO.
Default: 0 (Normal operation)
bit
4
0
0
1
1
5
0
1
0
1
: OFF
: Until NSF signal is sent/received
: All
SW37 No. 3 Rotation send selection (A4 → A4R)
Default: 0 1 (Up to NSF signal send/receive)
Used to set whether A4 document is transmitted as A4 or the scanned
image is rotated and transmitted as A4R.
SW38 No. 6 Line monitor display
When set to 1, the document is transmitted as A4 width.
When set to 0, the document is transmitted as A3 width.
Used to set whether the communication speed and the reception level
are displayed on the LCD or not.
Default: 1 (Transmitted as A4 width)
Displayed on the communication status screen by pressing the job status key.
SW37 No. 4 Rotation transmission selection (B5R → B5)
When set to 1, displayed on LCD.
Used to set whether B5R document is transmitted as B5R or the
scanned image is rotated and transmitted as B5.
When set to 0, not displayed on LCD.
When set to 1, the document is transmitted as B4 width (B5).
SW38 No. 7–No. 8 Inhibited to use.
When set to 0, the document is transmitted as A4 width (B5R).
SW39 No. 1 Received document output setting in
reception
Default: 1 (Transmitted as B4 width)
SW37 No. 5 Rotation transmission selection (A5R → A5)
Used to set whether A5R document is transmitted as A5R or the
scanned image is rotated and transmitted as A5.
Default: 0 (not displayed)
Used to set whether all received documents are outputted at a time
after completion of reception or each document is outputted every time
when it is received.
When set 0, the document is transmitted as A4 width (A5R).
When set to 1, all are outputted collectively after completion of reception.
(However, the transmission width is A4.)
When set to 0, output is made after reception of every page.
Default: 1 (Transmitted as A4 width (A5))
Default: 0 (Output is made after reception of every page)
When set to 1, the document is transmitted as A4 width (A5).
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 33
SW39 No. 2 Specification of data output in case of a
communication error in reception
SW40 No. 2 Override print setup
Used to set whether the image on the page where a communication
error occurred during image reception is printed or not.
Used to set whether the latter print job is performed or not when the
former print job is suspended at the first page due to printable paper
empty.
"1": Setup not to print
When set to 1, override print is allowed.
"0": Setup to print
When set to 0, override print is not allowed.
Default: 0 (Print)
Default: 1 (Override print is allowed)
SW39 No. 3 Memory over during reception
SW40 No. 3 Page number print setup
Used to set whether the received data are output or destroyed when
memory is over during reception.
When set to 1, the received data are outputted.
Used to set whether the page number is added to the position where
date and the sender’s information are printed. (In memory transmission, page number/total number of pages)
When set to 0, received data are disposed without output.
When set to 1, the page number is printed.
The default is 1. (The received data are outputted.)
When set to 0, the page number is not printed.
SW39 No. 4 Output method in A3 width reception(AB
series)
Default: 1 (The page number is printed.)
SW40 No. 4 Index print setup
Used to set whether an image of 297mm width is reduced and printed
or an image of 11" width is printed without reduction on paper of 11"
width when an image of A3 width is received. When set to 297mm
width, if a document of 11" is received, both ends are not printed.
Used to set whether the index is printed on the received document or
not.
When set to 1, printing is made on paper of 297mm width.
Default: 0 (The index is not printed.)
When set to 0, printing is made on paper of 11" width.
SW40 No. 5 Duplex rotation print
Default: 1 (Printing is made on paper of 297mm width.)
When set to 1, the index is printed on the received document.
When set to 0, the index is not printed.
Used to set the duplex rotation print.
SW39 No. 5 Output method in A4 width reception (AB
series)
Used to set whether printing is made on paper of 8.5" width or of
210mm width when an image of A4 width is received. When set to 8.5"
width, if printed on A4(R), the image is reduced. When set to 210mm
width, if a document of 8.5" is received both ends are not printed.
Default: 1 (YES)
SW40 No. 6 Reception data duplex print
Used to set YES/NO of the reception data duplex print.
Default: 0 (NO)
SW40 No. 7 Specification of print sequence in duplex print
When set to 1, printing is made on paper of 8.5" width.
Used to specify the print sequence in duplex print.
When set to 0, printing is made on paper of 210mm width.
Default: 1 (Print order (214365...))
Default: 0 (Printing is made on paper of 210mm width.)
SW39 No. 6 Output method in A3 width reception (Inch
series)
SW40 No. 8 Specification of rotating direction duplex
back surface print
Used to specify the rotating direction duplex back surface print.
Used to set whether an image of 297mm width is reduced and printed
or an image of 11" width is printed without reduction on paper of 11"
width when an image of A3 width is received.
Default: 1 (180° rotation)
When set to 1, printing is made on paper of 297mm width.
If this switch is not set to YES, an external telephone cannot be used.
When set to 0, printing is made on paper of 11" width.
Default: 1 (YES)
Default: 0 (Printed on paper of 11" width)
SW41 No.2–No.4 Inhibited to use.
SW39 No. 7 Output method in A4 width reception (Inch
series)
SW41 No.5–No.8 Interval from completion of a
transmission to the next call-out
Used to set whether printing is made on paper of 8.5" width or of
210mm width when an image of A4 width is received.
Used to set the time interval between the end of a communication and
a call for the next communication.
When set to 1, printing is made on paper of 8.5" width.
Setup is made by binary input in the interval of 0 – 15sec.
When set to 0, printing is made on paper of 210mm width.
The initial setup is to ring in the interval of 1sec.
Default: 1 (Printed on paper of 8.5" width)
Default: 1sec
SW39 No. 8 Relay data output
SW42 No.1–No.3 Communication end buzzer sound
length
Used to set whether the received document is outputted from the relay
direction station when relay broadcasting direction is received.
SW41 No. 1 External telephone connection
Used to specify the length of the communication end sound.
When set to 1, the document received from the relay instruction station
is printed.
Default: 3.0 sec.
When set to 0, the document received from the relay instruction station
is not printed.
Used to set the transmission end beep sound tone in transmission.
SW42 No.4, No.5 Transmission end sound tone
Default: 1 (Print)
Default: 0 1 (1000Hz)
SW40 No. 1 Rotation print
SW42 No.6, No.7 Reception end sound tone
Used to set Enable/Disable of rotation print when the received document can be printed by rotation.
Used to set the reception end sound beep tone in reception.
Default: 0 1 (1000Hz)
When set to 1, the received document is printed by rotation.
When set to 0, the received document is not rotated.
Default: 1 (Printed by rotation)
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 34
SW42 No. 8 V.34 mode function in manual communication
SW46 No.1, No.2 Speaker volume in DTFM send
Used to set Enabled/Disabled V.34 mode function in manual communication.
Used to set the volume of transmission sound and DTMF sound from
speaker when pressing on-hook button.
When set to 1, V.34 mode function is enabled.
Default: 1 0 (Medium)
When set to 0, V.34 mode function is disabled.
SW46 No.3–No.8 Pattern number in DTMF send
Default: 1 (V.34 mode function is enabled.)
Pattern of volume in DTMF send (Large/Medium/Small)
SW43 No. 1 V.34 mode function
Default: 21
Used to set whether V.34 mode is used for send/receive with the other
party machine is provided with V.34 mode.
SW47 No.1, No.2 Volume of line monitor from speaker
When set to 1, send/receive is made with using V.34 mode.
Used to set the line sound volume from the speaker in FAX transmission.
When set to 0, send/receive is made without using V.34 mode.
Default: 1 0 (Medium)
Default: 1 (Send/receive is made using V.34 mode)
SW47 No.3–No.8 Line monitor pattern number
SW43 No. 2 Super G3 disabled in the last call-out of recall
in case of an error
Pattern of line monitor volume (Large/Medium/Small)
Used to set Enable/disable of Super G3 in the last call-out of recall in
case of an error.
SW48 No.1, No.2 Volume of communication end sound
Default: 0 (Super G3 is void)
Used to set the volume of communication end sound from the speaker
when communication is completed.
SW43 No. 3 V.34 primary channel return mode
Default: 21
Default: 1 0 (Medium)
Used to set V.34 primary channel return mode.
Default: 1 (PPh)
SW48 No.3–No.8 Pattern number of communication end
sound
SW43 No.4–No.6 Symbol speed mask in V.34 reception
Pattern of communication end sound volume (Large/Medium/Small)
Used to set the symbol speed mask in V.34 reception.
Default: 21
Default: 1 0 1 (3429)
SW49 No.1, No.2 On-hook speaker volume
SW43 No. 7 V.34 control channel communication speed
Used to set the volume from the speaker in on-hook.
Used to set the communication speed of control channel in V.34 mode
transmission.
Default: 1 0 (Medium)
When set to 1, the communication speed of control channel is
2400bps.
Used to set the volume pattern (large/medium/small) in on-hook.
SW49 No.3–No.8 On-hook pattern number
When set to 0, the communication speed of control channel is
1200bps.
Refer to SIM66-37.
Default: 0 (1200bps)
SW50 No.1, No.2 Call sound volume
SW43 No. 8 Control channel retrain judgment in V.34
reception
Used to set the ringing sound volume.
Used to set the control channel retrain judgment in V.34 reception.
SW50 No.3–No.8 Ringing pattern number
Default: 0 (EQM value judgment)
Pattern of call sound volume (Large/Medium/Small)
SW44 No.1–No.4 V.34 primary channel transmission
speed
Default: 21
Used to set the communication start speed in V.34 mode transmission.
Setup is made in the range of 2400 – 33600bps by binary input of N in
"2400 × N".
N can be set in the range of 0 – 15. Setting to 0 comes 2400bps, 15
comes 33600bps.
Default: N=14 (Transmission starts from 33600bps)
SW44 No.5–No.8 V.34 primary channel reception speed
Used to set the reception start speed in V.34 mode.
Setup is made in the range of 2400 – 33600 bps by binary input of N in
"2400 (bps) × N".
Default: 21
Default: 1 0 (Medium)
SW51 No.1, No.2 Busy tone detection cycle
Used to set the number of pulses of busy tone detected to recognize
as busy tone.
When set to 0 0, 2 pulses are detected.
When set to 0 1, 4 pulses are detected.
When set to 1 0, 6 pulses are detected.
When set to 1 1, 10 pulses are detected.
Default: 0 0 (2 pulses are detected)
SW51 No. 3 Busy tone detection time (Upper limit)
Busy tone detection time (Upper limit)
N can be set in the range of 0 – 15. Setting to 0 comes 2400bps, 15
comes 33600bps.
1: 650ms
0: 750ms
Default: N=14 (Reception starts from 33600bps)
SW51 No. 4 Busy tone detection time (Lower limit)
SW45 No.1, No.2 Speaker volume at scanner scan end
Busy tone detection time (Lower limit)
Used to set the volume of scan end sound from the speaker when scan
is completed.
1: 350ms
Default: 1 0 (Medium)
SW51 No. 5 Busy tone detection time (Lower limit 2)
SW45 No.3–No.8 Pattern number in scanning
Busy tone detection time lower limit 2
Pattern of scan end sound volume (Large/Medium/Small)
1: 150ms
Default: 21
Default: 0 (Follows SW51-4)
Default: 0 (750ms)
0: 250ms
Default: 0 (250ms)
0: Follows SW51-4.
SW51 No. 6, No. 7 Inhibited to use.
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 35
SW51 No. 8 SDT signal detection
SW60 No.1, No.2 Reception SED ON level
Used to set whether SDT signal which is the second dial tone when
transmitting to F net is detected or not.
Used to set Reception SED ON level.
When the SDT signal is not detected, dial is made normally even after
“16×.”
SW60 No. 3 Inhibited to use.
When set to 1, the signal is detected.
SW60 No.4–No.8 Reception gain adjustment
When set to 0, the signal is not detected.
Used to set Reception gain adjustment.
Default: 0 (Not detected)
The set range is 0 (+6.0dBm) to 24 (–6.0dBm) in the increment of
0.5dBm by binary input.
SW52 No.1, No.2 DT/BT detection frequency range
Used to set the DT/BT detection frequency range.
Default: 1 1 (–48dB)
Default: 0.0dBm
SW61 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
Default: 0 1 (420Hz to 680Hz)
SW52 No. 3 Busy tone detection level table
SW62 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
Used to set the busy tone detection level table.
SW63 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
Default: 0 (constant (ROM))
SW64 No.1–No.3 Inhibited to use.
SW52 No.4, No.5 Busy tone detection level
SW64 No.4–No.8 DTMF send level (high level)
Used to set the lowest detection level when detecting busy tone.
Used to set the DTMF signal send level (high group).
When set to 0 0, busy tone of –43dB is detected.
0 (0.0dBm) to 21 (–21.0dBm) in the increment of 1dBm
When set to 0 1, busy tone of –35dB is detected.
Default: –6dBm
When set to 1 0, busy tone of –33dB is detected.
SW65 No.1–No.4 Maximum DTMF send level
When set to 1 1, busy tone of –30dB is detected.
This setting is made when busy tone is erroneously detected.
Used to set the maximum send level in DTMF signal send.
Default: 0 0 (–43dB)
Setup is made in the range of 0 (0.0dBm) to 15 (–15.0dBm) by binary
input.
SW52 No. 6–No.8 Inhibited to use.
The setup is made in the increment of 1dB.
SW53 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
Default: 0dBm
SW54 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
SW65 No.5–No.8 DTMF send level (difference between
high and low level)
SW55 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
Used to set the DTMF signal send level (low group).
SW56 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
0 (–2.0dBm) to 15 (+5.5dBm) in the increment of 0.5dBm
SW57 No.1–No.4 Ring-back tone ON time
Default: +2.0dBm
Used to set the ON time of external telephone ring back tone.
SW66 No. 1 Default date, sender print
The set range is 0 to 3 sec in the increment of 200 ms by binary input.
Used to set whether the registered sender information and date and
time of transmission are printed at the top of the transmission document when a document is transmitted through the second line.
Default: 0sec (fixed)
SW57 No.5–No.8 Ring-back tone OFF time
Used to set the ring-back tone OFF time of external telephone.
The set range is 0 to 3 sec in the increment of 200 ms by binary input.
Default: 0sec (fixed)
When set to 1, date and sender are printed.
When set to 0, date and sender are not printed.
Default: 1 (Date and sender are printed)
SW66 No. 2 Department number notification
SW58 No.1, No.2 Inhibited to use.
SW58 No.3–No.8 External connection sound volume
Used to set whether the department number is transmitted as sender
information when the department management function is enabled.
Used to set External connection sound volume.
Default: 0 (OFF)
The set range is 0 (0.0dBm) to 48 (–24.0dBm) in the increment of
0.5dBm by binary input.
SW66 No. 3 Date and sender print position setup
When set to 49 or greater, the setup value comes as below.
49=–28.0dBm 50=–32.0dBm 51=–36.0dBm 52=–40.0dBm
53=–48.0dBm 54=–56.0dBm 55=–63.0dBm 56 = – ∞ infinite (mute)
Default: –10.0dBm
When set to 1, added upper inside the document.
When set to 0, added outside the document.
Default: 0 (Added outside the document)
SW59 No.1–No.4 Signal send level Max.
SW66 No. 4 Error message display in manual send (For
avoiding violation of Patents)
Used to set Signal send level Max.
The set range is 0 (0dBm) to 15 (–15dBm) in the increment of 1dBm by
binary input.
Default: –8dBm
Used to set whether the error message is displayed or not when a
communication error occurs in manual transmission.
Default: 0 (Inhibited)
SW59 No.5, No.6 Transmission cable amplitude equalizer
Used to set Transmission cable amplitude equalizer.
SW66 No. 5 Inhibited to use.
SW66 No.6–No.8 Polarity reversion settlement time
Default: 0 0 (0dB)
SW59 No.7, No.8 Reception cable amplitude equalizer
Used to set Reception cable amplitude equalizer.
Used to set the print position of date and transmitter information on the
transmitted documents.
Used to set Polarity reversion settlement time.
Setup is made in the range of 200ms – 1600ms by binary input.
Default: 200ms
Default: 0 0 (0dB)
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 36
SW67 No.1–No.4 After sending CFR, double wait is
inhibited for 1.6sec.
SW69 No.1, No.2 Reception size specification (Reception
capacity)
Used to set that the double wait is inhibited for 1.6sec. after sending
CFR.
Used to set the receivable document width which is notified to the
other party when receiving a document.
Setup is made in the range of 0ms – 3000ms by binary input.
The setup items are as follows:
Default: 1600ms
bit
SW67 No. 5 Measurement of communication time (image)
Used to set YES/NO of measurement.
Used to measure the communication time in phase C. However, it is
the communication time in the latest phase C. (Unit: msec)
1
0
0
1
1
2
0
1
0
1
:
:
:
:
By the equipped cassette
B4 (A4, B4)
A4
A3 (A4, B4, A3)
Default: 0 0 (Varies depending on the installed cassette.)
Default: 1 (YES)
Max. allowed reception width selection
SW67 No. 6 Reduction transmission mode
Used to set whether the transmitted document is received in reduction
size or both ends of recording paper are cut when the transmitted document width is greater than the recording paper width.
When set to 1, the document is sent without reduction with the both
ends cut.
When set to "0", it is reduced and transmitted.
Default: 0 (Reduction)
SW67 No. 7 ECM
Used to set whether ECM (Error Correction Mode) is performed or not.
When, however, SW43-1 (V.34 mode function) is set to OFF, or when
SW43-1(V.34 mode function is set to ON and the transmission is not
the super G3 transmission, ECM Disable setup is effective. This is
because the ECM function is indispensable in a transmission other
than super G3 transmission in V.34 mode and the other party machine
may perform checking. With SW43-1 (V.34 mode function) is ON and
this reception function is disabled.
When set to 1, ECM is enabled.
When set to "0", ECM is disabled.
Default: 1 (ECM is enabled)
SW67 No. 8 ECM byte/frame
Used to set ECM byte/frame.
Default: 0 (256 [bytes/frame])
SW68 No.1–No.4 Recording paper tray selection (Tray 1 –
4)
Max. allowed reception width is determined by Table 1 and Table
2. This determines the transmitted size from the other party.
When set to A3 with SW69-12, only with B5 cassette, proxy reception is always performed. Do not use this combination. (Because
division process in the main scanning direction is not performed.)
When set to A4 with SW69-12, , A3 document from the other party
is not divided into A4 paper but reduction to A4width is requested
to the other party.
• Max. allowed reception width setup
SW69
Size specification
No.1
No.2
0
0
Depends on the
installed cassette.
0
1
B4
1
0
A4
1
1
A3
Allowable reception
width
Varies according to the
table below.
A4 & B4 width
A4 width
A4 & B4 & A3 width
• Max. allowable reception width by installed cassette
[Max. paper size of installed
[Sampled paper size (data
→
cassette with FAX function]
width)]
A5
→
A4
B5
→
B4
A4
→
A3
B4
→
B4
A3
→
A3
No cassette with FAX function →
A3
Used to select the tray for output of the received documents.
SW69 No. 3 11 inch reception capacity setup
Tray 1 to Tray 4 can be set to ON/OFF individually. When set to OFF,
the tray does not output received documents.
When SW69-12, is set to “Depends on installed cassette,” the max.
allowable reception width by 8.5" × 11" cassette is set.
Setup is made by selecting bit 1 – bit 4. Each bit is selected in the
sequence of tray 1 – tray 4.
When set to 1, the reception allowable width is 255mm or 215mm.
When 1 is selected, output is made by using that tray.
Default: 0 (the reception allowable width is 303mm or 255mm or
215mm)
When 0 is selected, output is not made by using that tray.
Default: Tray 1 – tray 4 are used. (1)
bit
bit
bit
bit
1
2
3
4
:
:
:
:
When set to 0, the reception allowable width is 303mm or 255mm or
215mm.
SW69 No. 4 Maximum reception length
Tray 1
Tray 2
Tray 3
Tray 4
Used to set the receivable document width which is notified to the
other party when a long document is sent from the other party.
When set to 1, reception is made without limitations.
SW68 No.5–No.8 The tray specification of Duplex print
(Tray 1 – 4)
When set to 0, if reception of a document reaches 1.5m, reception is
terminated.
Used to select the tray for output of the duplex documents.
Default: 0 (Reception is terminated after receiving 1.5m.)
Tray 1 to Tray 4 can be set to ON/OFF individually. When set to OFF,
the tray does not output received documents.
SW69 No.5, No.6 Image quality in transmission request
Setup is made by selecting bit 5 – bit 8. Each bit is selected in the
sequence of tray 1 – tray 4.
Used to set the image capacity of the machine when send request
(polling).
Reflected on DTC.
When 1 is selected, output is made by using that tray.
Default: 0 0 (ultra fine)
When 0 is selected, output is not made by using that tray.
SW69 No. 7 Countermeasures for echo in reception (CED
tone send interval)
Default: Tray 1 – tray 4 are used. (1)
bit
bit
bit
bit
5
6
7
8
:
:
:
:
Tray 1
Tray 2
Tray 3
Tray 4
Used to select ON/OFF of countermeasures against echo.
An interval of 500ms is inserted before DIS transmission.
Default: 0 (75ms)
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 37
SW69 No. 8 Countermeasure for echo in transmission
(After reception of DIS, hold time up to signal send is set.)
SW72 No. 7 EYE-Q check
Used to select ON/OFF of countermeasures against echo.
When set to 1, check is made only with EYE-Q value. Therefore, TCF
check becomes loose.
An interval of 500ms is inserted before DCS transmission.
Used to set whether TCF is checked or not in TCF reception.
When set to 0, check is made both with received data and EYE-Q
value.
Default: 0 (200ms)
SW70 No. 1 CED signal send
Used to set whether CED signal is sent or not. This setup is effective
only when SW43-1 (V.34 mode function) is off. This is because V.34
mode requires sending of ANSam signal.
Default: 0 (check is made both with received data and EYE-Q value. )
SW72 No. 8 Operation when error frame is received.
When set to 1, CED (ANSam) signal is sent.
Used to set the operation when image data with error frame is
received.
When set to 0, CED (ANSam) signal is not sent.
"1": Continues process.
Default: 1 (CED (ANSam) signal is sent)
"0": Process is not continued. (Judged as an error.)
SW70 No. 2 CSI transmission
Default: 0 (Process is not continued. (Judged as an error.))
CSI signal includes the telephone number registered as sender’s number. Used to set whether this signal is sent or not.
SW73 No. 1 Error process in RTN reception
When set to 1, CSI signal is sent.
Used to set whether RTN reception is treated as a communication
error or not.
When set to 0, CSI signal is not sent.
When set to 1, it is not judged as an error when RTN is received.
Default: 1 (CSI signal is sent)
When set to 0, it is judged as an error when RTN is received.
SW70 No. 3 DIS reception check in G3 send
Default: 0 (it is judged as an error)
Used to set whether DIS reception is checked or not in a send mode
other than SG3 send.
SW73 No.2, No.3 RTN send line error rate
When set to 1, DIS reception is always checked twice.
Default: 1 0 (60 lines)
When set to 0, DIS reception is checked once.
SW73 No.4, No.5 Flag-address timer setup (V.21-FSK)
Default: 0 (1 time)
Used to set RTN send line error rate.
SW70 No.4, No.5 DIS process selection in reception
Used to set the time between Flag-adrs during FSk signal reception in
a communication other than V.34 mode.
Used to set the process when DIS is received.
FSK signal reception in V.34 does not conform to this soft switch.
When set to 0 0, it is judged as reception of echo and the command is
sent again.
Default: 0 0 (6 sec)
When set to 0 1, the line is disconnected as improper DIS.
SW73 No. 6 Reception waiting time between frames
Used to set Reception waiting time between frames.
When set to 1 0, when DIS judges that the receiver has poled documents, poled transmission and the other are judged as reception of an
echo and the command is sent again.
When set to 1 1, when DIS judges that the receiver has poled documents, poled transmission is made. When DIS judges that the transmitter received an echo, the command is sent again. In the other case,
it is judged as improper DIS and the line is disconnected.
Default: 0 0 (Judged as reception of echo, and the command is sent
again.)
Default: 0 (3.4sec)
SW73 No.7, No.8 Minimum flags between frames
Used to set Minimum flags between frames.
Default: 0 0 (2-flag)
SW74 No.1–No.4 FSK signal settlement time in double
wait
Used to set FSK signal settlement time in double wait.
Setup is made in the range of 200 – 950ms by binary input of N in "X
(ms) = 50 (ms) × N + 200".
SW70 No. 6 DIS 41Bit or later enable/disable
Used to set Enable/Disable of DIS 41Bit or later
N can be set in the range of 0 – 15.
Default: 0 (Enabled)
Default: 400ms
SW70 No. 7 Time between DCS and TCF
SW74 No.5, No.6 Preamble send time of 300bps
Used to set the time between DCS and TCF.
Used to set the preamble send time of 300bps.
Default: 1 (75ms)
Default: 0 1 (1.0 sec)
SW70 No. 8 TCF check time
SW74 No.7, No.8 Phase C head dummy data send time
Used to set TCF check time
Used to set Phase C head dummy data send time.
Default: 1 (1.0sec)
Default: 0 0 (0.2 sec)
SW71 No.1–No.3 Inhibited to use.
SW75 No.1, No.2 Waiting time for CED send start
SW71 No. 4 Telephone line menu
Used to set the waiting time for CED send start.
Used to set whether Tone/Pulse setup is displayed on the menu or not.
Default: 0 0 (2.25 sec)
Default: 0 (allowed) (fixed)
SW75 No.3, No.4 CED signal send time
SW71 No. 5–No.8 Inhibited to use.
Used to set CED signal send time.
SW72 No.1, No.2 RCP send times
Default: 0 0 (3 sec)
Used to set RCP send times.
SW75 No.5, No.6 Waiting time for ANSam send start
Default: 0 0 (3 times)
Used to set the waiting time for ANSam send start.
SW72 No.3–No.6 The number of the flag detection bytes
Default: 0 0 (2.25 sec)
Used to set the number of the flag detection bytes.
SW75 No.7, No.8 ANSam signal send time
Setup is made in the range of 0 – 15 by binary input.
Used to set ANSam signal send time.
Default: 4
Default: 0 1 (4 sec)
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 38
SW76 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use.
SW87 No.1–No.7 CI signal OFF detectable time
SW77 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use.
SW78 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use.
Used to set the min. OFF time for judgment of CI pulse (16Hz call signal). When OFF time continues for more than the set time, it is judged
as 1 pulse of CI.
SW79 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use.
The set range is 0 to 1270 by binary input of "N × 10ms".
SW80 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use.
Default: 1200ms
SW81 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use.
SW87 No. 8 Inhibited to use.
SW82 No. 1 CI signal ON time in V.8 mode
SW88 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
Used to set the CI signal ON time in V.8 mode.
SW89 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
Default: 0 (9 bytes)
SW90 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
SW82 No. 2 CI signal OFF time in V.8 mode
SW91 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
Used to set the CI signal OFf time in V.8 mode.
SW92 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
Default: 0 (1sec)
SW93 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
SW82 No. 3 Inhibited to use.
SW82 No.4, No.5 CI receive number to shift to non-V.34
communication
SW94 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
SW95 No. 1–No.4 Inhibited to use.
Used to set CI receive number to shift to non-V.34 communication.
SW95 No.5–No.8 T1 timer setup
Default: 1 0 (2 times)
Used to set time-out time from phase B to detection of signal.
SW82 No.6–No.8 CI send number to shift to Non-V.34
communication
T1 time-out time is set in the range of 15 – 90sec (in the increment of
5sec).
Used to set CI send number to shift to non-V.34 communication.
Default: 40sec
Setup is made in the range of 0 – 7 by binary input.
SW96 No.1, No.8 Inhibited to use.
When set to 0, retrain is not made.
SW97 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
Default: 2
SW98 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
SW83 No.1–No. 8 Inhibited to use.
SW99 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
SW84 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use.
SW100 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
SW85 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use.
SW101 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
SW86 No. 1 150V ON control
SW102 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
Used to set YES/NO of 150V ON control.
SW103 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
Default: 0 (No)
SW104 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
SW86 No.2, No.3 CI detection
Used to set the frequency to detect CI signal which is the calling signal
as follows:
bit
2
0
1
0
3
0
0
1
SW105 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
SW106 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
SW107 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
: 4 sine wave
: 3 sine wave
: 2 sine wave
SW108 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
Default: 0 0 (4 sine wave)
SW109 No.1–No.4 Print lead edge adjustment (Left edge
adjustment)
SW86 No.4, No.5 CI delete max. OFF time
Setup of print image area void
Used to set the max. wait time from detection of CI signal pulse (number of times) to the next CI signal pulse detection. If next CI signal
pulse is not detected within this time, the number of calls up to now is
cleared.
The quantity of void at the left edge in main scan direction can be
adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image void is increased.
The setup items are as follows:
Default: 48 dots
bit
4
0
0
1
1
5
0
1
0
1
:
:
:
:
Setup of SIM 50-9 is reflected.
0 to ±112 dots in the interval of 16 dots
SW109 No.5–No.8 Print lead edge adjustment (Lead edge
adjustment)
5sec
10sec
15sec
20sec
Setup of print image area void
The quantity of void at the lead edge in sub scan direction can be
adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image void is increased.
Default: 0 1 (10 sec)
Setup of SIM 50-9 is reflected.
SW86 No.6–No.8 CI signal ON detection enable time
0 to ±112 dots in the interval of 16 dots
Used to set the time to judge that CI signal is ON.
Default: 48 dots
The CI signal of less than this setup time is not regarded as ON.
The set range is 0 (155ms) – 7 (225ms) in the increment of 10ms.
Default: 155ms
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 39
SW110 No.1–No.4 Print lead edge adjustment (Rear edge
adjustment)
SW114 No.5–No.8 Sub scan rear edge image loss in scan
effective image area (OC)
Setup of print image area void
Used to set the image loss in OC scan image area.
The quantity of void at the lead edge in sub scan direction can be
adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image void is increased.
Setup of SIM 50-9 is reflected.
The quantity of image loss at the rear edge in sub scan direction can
be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image loss quantity
at the rear edge is increased.
0 to ±112 dots in the interval of 16 dots
Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected.
Default: 48 dots
0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 8 lines
SW110 No.5–No.8 Print lead edge adjustment (left edge
position) rear
Default: 0 lines
Setup of print image area void
SW115 No.1–No.4 Scan effective image area (OC) main
scan left edge image loss
The quantity of void at the left edge in main scan direction can be
adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image void is increased.
Used to set the left edge image loss of main scan in OC scan of FAX.
Setup of SIM 50-9 is reflected.
0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 8 lines
0 to ±112 dots in the interval of 16 dots
Default: 0 lines
Default: 48 dots
SW115 No.5–No.8 Scan effective image area (OC) main
scan right edge image loss
SW111 No.1–No.4 Print lead edge adjustment (lead edge
position) rear
Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected.
Used to set the right edge image loss of main scan in OC scan of FAX.
Setup of print image area void
Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected.
The quantity of void at the lead edge in sub scan direction can be
adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image void is increased.
0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 8 lines
Setup of SIM 50-9 is reflected.
SW116 No.1–No.8 Scan magnification adjustment OC
(main scan)
0 to ±112 lines in the interval of 16 lines
Default: 48 lines
Default: 0 lines
Used to adjust the OC scan magnification ratio in main scan direction.
SW111 No.5–No.8 Print lead edge adjustment (rear edge
position) rear
Setup of SIM 48-8 is reflected.
Setup of print image area void
Default: 0%
The quantity of void at the lead edge in sub scan direction can be
adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image void is increased.
SW117 No.1–No.8 Scan magnification ratio adjustment
OC (sub scan)
Setup of SIM 50-9 is reflected.
0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1%
Used to adjust the OC scan magnification ratio in sub scan direction.
0 to ±112 lines in the interval of 16 lines
Setup of SIM 48-8 is reflected.
Default: 48 lines
0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1%
SW112 No.1–No.8 Print magnification ratio adjustment
(main scan)
Used to adjust the print magnification radio in main scan direction.
Setup of SIM 48-9 is reflected.
Default: 0%
SW118 No.1–No.4 Scan effective image area (SPF) sub
scan lead edge image loss
Used to set the image loss in SPF scan image area.
0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1%
Default: 0%
SW113 No.1–No.8 Print magnification radio adjustment
(sub scan)
The quantity of image loss at the lead edge in sub scan direction can
be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the lead edge image
loss quantity is increased.
Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected.
Used to adjust the print magnification radio in sub scan direction.
0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 81 lines
Setup of SIM 48-9 is reflected.
Default: 0 lines
0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1%
SW118 No.5–No.8 Sub scan rear edge image loss in scan
effective image area (SPF)
Default: 0%
SW114 No.1–No.4 Scan effective image area (OC) sub
scan lead edge image loss
Used to set the image loss in OC scan image area.
The quantity of image loss at the lead edge in sub scan direction can
be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the lead edge image
loss quantity is increased.
Used to set the image loss in SPF scan image area.
The quantity of image loss at the rear edge in sub scan direction can
be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image loss quantity
at the rear edge is increased.
Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected.
0 to ±14 lines in the interval of 21 lines
Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected.
Default: +0 lines
0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 8 lines
SW119 No.1–No.4 Scan effective image area (SPF) main
scan left edge image loss
Default: 0 lines
Used to set the left edge image loss of main scan in SPF scan of FAX.
Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected.
0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots
Default: +0 dots
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 40
SW119 No.5–No.8 Scan effective image area (SPF) main
scan right edge image loss
SW125 No.1–No.8 Print magnification ratio adjustment
rear (sub scan)
Used to set the right edge image loss of main scan in SPF scan of
FAX.
Used to adjust the print magnification radio in sub scan direction.
Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected.
0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1%
0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots
Default: 0%
Default: +0 dots
SW126 No.1–No.8 Scan magnification ratio adjustment
SPF rear (main scan)
SW120 No.1–No.4 Scan effective image area (SPF) rear
sub scan lead edge image loss
Setup of SIM 48-9 is reflected.
SPF main scan magnification ratio adjustment
Used to set the image loss in SPF scan image area.
Setup of SIM 48-8 is reflected.
The quantity of image loss at the lead edge in sub scan direction can
be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the lead edge image
loss quantity is increased.
0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1%
Default: 0%
SW127 No.1–No.8 Scan magnification ratio adjustment
SPF rear (sub scan)
Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected.
0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots
SPF sub scan magnification ratio adjustment
Default: +0 dots
SW120 No.5–No.8 Scan effective image area (SPF) rear
sub scan rear edge image loss
Used to set the image loss in SPF scan image area.
The quantity of image loss at the rear edge in sub scan direction can
be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image loss quantity
at the rear edge is increased.
Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected.
Setup of SIM 48-8 is reflected.
0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1%
Default: 0%
SW128 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
SW129 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
SW130 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
0 to ±14 lines in the interval of 2 lines
SW131 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
Default: +0 lines
SW132 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
SW121 No.1–No.4 Scan effective image area (SPF) rear
main scan left edge image loss
SW133 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use.
Used to set the left edge image loss of main scan in SPF scan of FAX.
Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected.
0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots
Default: +0 dots
SW121 No.5–No.8 Scan effective image area (SPF) rear
main scan right edge image loss
Used to set the right edge image loss of main scan in SPF scan of
FAX.
Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected.
0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots
Default: +0 dots
SW122 No.1–No.8 Scan magnification ratio adjustment
SPF (main scan)
SPF main scan magnification ratio adjustment
Setup of SIM 48-8 is reflected.
0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1%
Default: 0%
SW123 No.1–No.8 Scan magnification ratio adjustment
SPF (sub scan)
SPF sub scan magnification ratio adjustment
Setup of SIM 48-8 is reflected.
0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1%
Default: 0%
SW124 No.1–No.8 Print magnification ratio adjustment
rear (main scan)
Used to adjust the print magnification radio in main scan direction.
Setup of SIM 48-9 is reflected.
0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1%
Default: 0%
AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 41
[8] MACHINE OPERATION
1. Key operator program
A. List
Fax
default
settings
Key operator program
Default display settings
Must input next address key at broadcast setting
The number of direct address keys displayed setting
Initial resolution setting
Initial exposure setting
Own number and name set
Dial mode setting
Pause time setting
Speaker volume setting Speaker
Ringer volume
Line monitor
Transmission complete sound
Transmission complete sound setting
Transmission complete sound time setting
Activity report print
Auto print at memory full
Print daily at designated time
select setting
Transaction report print Single sending
select setting
Broadcasting
Receiving
Confidential reception
Image memory print select setting
FAX
send
settings
FAX
receive
settings
Sending
options
Remote reception number setting
External telephone setting
Distinctive ring detection
Auto reduction sending setting
Printing page number at receiver
Date/own number print position setting
Rotation sending setting
Call timer at memory sending
Recall in case of line
Number of times
Interval
busy
Recall in case of
Number of times
Interval
communication error
Quick on line sending
Default sending mode
Auto cover sheet
Slow scan mode
Auto receive reduce setting
Duplex reception setting
Print style setting
Number of calls in auto reception
Set the telephone number for data forwarding
Index print
Received data print condition
A3 RX reduce
Enter junk fax number
ANTI JUNK FAX
Passcode number setting
Polling security setting
ID number mode
System number mode
Relay passcode
Confidential code set
F-code memory box
Polling memory
Confidential
Relay broadcast
Set value (∗: Default value)
Condition settings∗ / Address book (ABC) /
Address book (Group)
ON / OFF∗
6∗ / 8 / 12 (keys)
Standard∗ / Fine / Super fine / Ultra fine
Auto∗ / Manual (1 – 5)
Registering / Un-registering∗
Tone∗ / Pulse
1 – 15 (Increment of 1sec.) 2∗ (sec.)
Small / Medium∗ / Great
Small / Medium∗ / Great / No sound
Small / Medium∗ / Great / No sound
Small / Medium∗ / Great / No sound
Pattern 1 / Pattern 2∗ / Pattern 3
2.0 / 2.5 / 3.0∗ / 3.5 / 4.0 (sec.)
ON / OFF∗
ON / OFF∗
Print out all report / Print out error report only∗ /
No printed report
Print out all report∗ / Print out error report only /
No printed report
Print out all report / Print out error report only /
No printed report∗
Print out notice page∗ / Not print out notice page
Print out all report / Print out error report only∗ /
No printed report
0 – 9 5∗
ON∗ / OFF
STANDARD/PATTERN 1 – 5 / OFF∗
ON∗ / OFF
ON∗/ OFF
Outside the original image∗ / Inside the original
image
ON∗ / OFF
30 / 45∗ / 60 (sec.)
1 – 15 2 (times)∗
1 – 15 3 (min.)∗
1 – 15 1 (times)∗
0 – 15 1 (min.)∗
ON* / OFF
Memory sending∗ / Direct sending
ON / OFF∗
ON / OFF∗
ON∗ / OFF
ON / OFF∗
Print actual size cut of enable / Auto size select∗
0 – 15 2∗ (times)
Registering / Un-registering∗
ON / OFF∗
ON∗ / OFF
ON / OFF∗
Registering / Un-registering∗
ON / OFF∗
Registering / Un-registering∗
ON∗/ OFF
Registering / Un-registering∗
Registering / Un-registering∗
Registering / Un-registering∗
Registering / Un-registering∗
Registering / Un-registering∗
Registering / Un-registering∗
Registering / Un-registering∗
AR-FX7 KEY OPERATOR PROGRAM 8 - 1
Remarks
Half tone cannot be
selected for standard
resolution.
Only when an extension
phone is connected
This method can only be
used if the other machine
is also a Sharp machine
(excluding certain
models).
B. Operating procedure
The key operator program can be set from all the modes (copy, FAX,
printer, scanner). When setup is completed, the mode returns to the
original mode.
3) Touch a list name to output.
Print is started.
KEY OPERATOR PROGRAMS
OK
LIST PRINT
Note:
FAX KEY OPERATOR PROGRAMS LIST
F-CODE MEMORY BOX LIST
FAX ACCOUNT USAGE LIST
JUNK FAX NUMBER LIST
• When the key operator program is used, send/receive of FAX cannot
be made.
CONFIDENTIAL CODE LIST
• The key operator program cannot be used during send/receive of
FAX or during communication.
(1) Common procedures
1) Press the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.
LINE
DATA
B STATUS
CUSTOM SETTINGS
• The list/report which can be printed
Key operator
program list (FAX)
Used to print the FAX key operator program.
FAX account
usage list
Used to print communication time and communication pages in each department.
Confidential code
list
Used to print the contents of confidential box
registration (confidential box number,
confidential box name, ID number).
F-code memory
box list
Used to print the contents of F code confidential box registration, F code relay group registration, and F code bulletin board registration.
Junk FAX number list is printed.
2) Touch the [KEY OPERATOR PROGRAMS] key.
CUSTOM SETTINGS
EXIT
TOTAL COUNT
DISPLAY
CONTRAST
TRAY SETTINGS
ADDRESS
CONTROL
KEYBOARD
SELECT
LIST PRINT
CLOCK
RECEIVE MODE
FAX DATA
FORWARD
Junk FAX number
list
(3) Print method of record table
1) Press the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.
KEY OPERATOR PROGRAMS
LINE
DATA
B STATUS
CUSTOM SETTINGS
3) Use the numeric keys to enter the five-digit key operater code.
2)
KEY OPERATOR CODE
Touch the [LIST PRINT] key.
Y
T
LIST PRINT
S
RECEIVE MODE
4) Touch the [FAX SETTINGS] key.
KEY OPERATOR PROGRAMS
ACCOUNT
CONTROL
EXIT
ENERGY SAVE
OPERATION
SETTINGS
DEVICE CONTROL
COPY SETTINGS
PRINT SETTINGS
SCANNER
SETTINGS
FAX SETTINGS
LIST PRINT
KEY OPERATOR
CODE CHANGE
PRODUCT KEY
3) Touch the [FAX REPORT] key.
PRINTER TEST PAGE
FAX REPORT
SENDING ADDRESS LIST
5) Press the [CLEAR ALL] key to exit the program.
4) Touch the key of the report that you wish to print.
"PRINT JOB IN MEMORY.PLEASE WAIT UNTIL PRINT OUT."
appears and printing begins.
(2) List output
1) Perform common operating procedures up to step 4).
2)
ACTIVITY
REPORT PRINT
TIMER LIST
PASSCODE LIST
CONFIDENTIAL
RECEPTION LIST
MEM.POLLING
LIST
Touch the [LIST PRINT] key.
KEY OPERATOR PROGRAMS
ACCOUNT
CONTROL
EXIT
ENERGY SAVE
OPERATION
SETTINGS
DEVICE CONTROL
COPY SETTINGS
PRINT SETTINGS
SCANNER
SETTINGS
FAX SETTINGS
LIST PRINT
KEY OPERATOR
CODE CHANGE
PRODUCT KEY
• The report is printed before other print jobs are printed.
Your machine keeps a record of the most recent 50 transactions (both
transmissions and receptions) that were performed. The record
includes the date of the transaction, the other party’s name, the duration, and result. You can have the report automatically printed when
the number of transactions exceeds 50, or at a specified time. This
allows you to check the machine's activity at regular intervals.
The machine is initially set (factory setting) to never print the report. If
you wish to print the report every 50 transactions or have it printed at a
specified time, change the setting in the key operator programs.
AR-FX7 KEY OPERATOR PROGRAM 8 - 2
2. Power switch
Far edge
Keep the machine's power switch turned on at all times.
Faxes cannot be received if the power is turned off.
Top edge
ON
Bottom edge
Area that cannot Near edge
be scanned
C. Automatic reduction of faxed document
If the width of the faxed document is greater than the receiving
machine’s maximum receivable width, the document will be automatically reduced.
3. Originals
A. Original sizes
Using the
RSPF
Minimum original size
8-1/2" (width) x 5-1/2"
(length)
[210 mm (width) x 148 mm
(length)]
5-1/2" (width) x 8-1/2"
(length)
[148 mm (width) x 210 mm
(length)]
Using the
document
glass
Maximum original size
11" (width) x 39.3"*
(length)
[297 mm (width) x 1000
mm (length)]
∗ Long originals can be
loaded.
When the scanning
resolution is Ultra fine,
the maximum length
is 34.6" [880 mm].
11" (width) x 17"
(length)
[297 mm (width) x 420
mm (length)]
NOTE:
Faxed
document
width
Receiving
machine’s
paper width
Reduced size
Ratio
11" x 17"
8-1/2" x 14"
8-1/2" x 14"
1 : 0.70
(Area ratio)
11" x 17"
8-1/2" x 11"
8-1/2" x 11"R
1 : 0.5
(Area ratio)
8-1/2" x 14"
8-1/2" x 11"
8-1/2" x 11"R
1 : 0.64
(Area ratio)
A document can also be faxed without reducing its size. In this case,
the left and right edges will not be transmitted.
4. Own number sending
This function prints the date, time, your programmed senderís name,
your programmed sender’s fax number, and the page number at the
top center of each page that you fax.
• Originals that are not a standard size (5-1/2" x 8-1/2", 5-1/2" x 8-1/
2"R, 8-1/2" x 11", 8-1/2" x 11"R, 8-1/2" x 14", 11" x 17") can also be
faxed.
Example of fax page printed out by the receiving machine
• Because the amount of memory is limited, the scannable length of a
long original will vary depending on the resolution setting and the
width of the original. If the memory fills up before the entire original
can be scanned, use a lower resolution setting or shorten the original.
1) Date and time: programmed in the custom settings.
• There are restrictions on originals that can be scanned using the
RSPF.
*Long originals
Depending on the resolution setting and the width of the original, there
may not be sufficient space in memory to hold a long original. In this
case, refer to the following table and select a lower resolution setting
and/or shorten the original.
Standard
Fine
Super fine
Ultra fine
11" wide
39.3" [1000 mm]
39.3" [1000 mm]
39.3" [1000 mm]
34.6" [880 mm]
8-1/2" wide
39.3" [1000 mm]
39.3" [1000 mm]
39.3" [1000 mm]
39.3" [1000 mm]
MAY-11-200X-FRI 03:00 PM
↑
1)
SHARP PLANNING DIV.
↑
2)
FAX No.0666211221
↑
3)
P.001/001
↑
4)
2) Sender’s name: programmed in the key operator programs.
3) Sender’s fax number: programmed in the key operator programs.
4) Page number: 3-digit number appearing in the format, "page number/total pages" (only the page number appears if you use manual
transmission or Quick On-Line transmission). If desired, you can
use a key operator program to have the page number omitted.
A. Position of sender's information
You can select whether the sender's information is added outside the
printed fax image or inside the image in the key operator programs.
The initial factory setting is outside the image.
Outside scanned data
Direction of transmission
Length of
scanned data
Note that the edges of an original cannot be scanned.
Area that cannot be scanned:
• 0.2" [5 mm] or less at top edge and 0.2" [5 mm] or less at bottom
edge
• Near edge + far edge = 0.24” [6 mm]
Length of
transmitted data
B. Scanning area of original
None of the transmitted image is cut off; however, the transmitted
image is longer than the scanned image, and thus when both the
sender and the receiver use the same size of paper, the printed fax
may either be reduced or split up and printed on two pages.
AR-FX7 KEY OPERATOR PROGRAM 8 - 3
Inside scanned data
Length of
transmitted data
Length of
scanned data
Direction of transmission
The top edge of the scanned image will be cut off by the sender's information; however, when both the sender and the receiver use the same
size of paper, the printed fax will neither be reduced nor split up and
printed on two pages.
5. Quick On-line
When the RSPF is used for memory transmission and there are no
previously stored jobs waiting or in progress (and the line is not being
used), the machine dials the destination and begins transmitting
scanned pages while the remaining pages are scanned. This transmission method is called Quick On-line. The messages "SCANNING
ORIGINAL." and "CONNECTING." both appear until scanning of the
final page is completed.
If the receiving party is busy when a Quick On-line transmission is
attempted, the transmission will be automatically reattempted at a later
time.
NOTE:
• The machine is initially set (factory setting) to perform Quick On-line
transmission. If desired, you can turn off this function in the key
operator programs.
• When an original is transmitted using the following methods, the job
will be stored in memory (Quick On-line transmission will not be performed):
1) Sending from the document glass
2) Broadcast transmission
3) Timer transmission
4) F-code transmission
AR-FX7 KEY OPERATOR PROGRAM 8 - 4
[9] FLASH ROM VERSION UP
PROCEDURE
3)
Make sure only "Printer Control Board" tree is visible under "Simulation Command List".
4)
Turn on the copier. The machine starts up in the download mode.
5)
Additional tree will be visible when downloading maintenance program on PC.
(Necessary items for version-up)
A Personal computer
B RS232C cross cable (D-sub 9pin to D-sub 9pin, or D-sub 25pin to
D-sub 9pin)
C Software for version-up
(ROM type)
The flash ROM is directly installed to each PWB.
(Target PWB)
1 MCU PWB
2 FAX PWB
Outline of Version-up Procedure
(PC)
C
B
∗ Make sure to start up maintenance program before turn on the
A
Download
data
machine.
RS232C connector
(9pin or 25pin)
Centro connector
RS232C cross cable
(D-sub 9pin to D-sub 9pin)
or
(D-sub 25pin to D-sub 9pin)
Ready to start download process
when these trees appear.
I/F circuit (9pin)
1
MCU-PWB
FAX-PWB
6)
2
When downloading copier program, expand "Special(Copier)",
and double-click on "All Data areas Download".
(AR-M237/M277)
Prepare following files necessary for program download
• Maintenance software: maintenance.exe
• Andromeda module file: ProcModelC.mdl (for AR-M237/M277
series)
1. Program download method (for Copier,
and fax program)
Following operational procedures are for:
• Copier program
• fax program
1)
Make sure copier is off, and connect it to PC with download cable
beforehand.
2)
Start up the maintenance program on PC. Select model name
"AR-M236/M276/M237/M277 Series" from the model selection
dialogue box.
When downloading Fax program, Expand "FAX" and double click
on "Program Data Area Download".
AR-FX7 FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE 9 - 1
7)
Select download file(*.dat), and press "Open" button.
8)
Download procedure starts automatically.
9)
Notice message "Download is complete. Check the copier panel
to make sure the download is complete." will appear on PC.
10) Close the maintenance program, and turn off the copier. Turn on
the copier again after pulling the plug.
This is the end of download procedure.
∗ It is possible that download process somehow went wrong if the
copier does not start up properly. In that case, start up the copier
and maintenance program in download mode by repeating the step
1)-5) again. And then, Expand "Special", and double-click on "Confirm Error Status". If any of the message besides "No error has been
occurred" appears, it means that download is incomplete, so please
try again.
2. Others (Troubleshooting)
Followings are the error possibly occur during the download process and troubleshooting method.
No
1
Warning/error message
Incorrect destination. Continue with the
download process?
2
Incorrect download file.
3
No downloadable data included.
4
This option not available.
5
The data size exceeds the Flash ROM size.
Try again with the appropriate size of data.
6
Time out error.
7
Communication (incoming) error.
8
Checksum error.
9
Error during the download process. Error
code: 0xXXXXXXXX
10
An error. [0xXXXXXXXX]
Detail
Destination of download file and copier doesn't match.
Possible to select either continue or cancel the job.
[TROUBLESHOOTING]
To change destination, select "Yes". If not, select "No" and cancel download process.
Invalid download file for the machine is selected, or the file format is not correct.
[TROUBLESHOOTING]
Confirm the download file. Possibly the improper download file is selected.
Unable to find appropriate data in selected download file.
[TROUBLESHOOTING]
Confirm the download file. Possibly the improper download file is selected.
Download procedure is executed on uninstalled optional kit.
[TROUBLESHOOTING]
Confirm installed optional kit.
Confirm the download file. Possibly the improper download file is selected.
Panel flash ROM size is not enough to execute download procedure.
[TROUBLESHOOTING]
Confirm the download file. Possibly the improper download file is selected.
Exchange the flash ROM to the one which has more capacity.
Transmission error
Unable to receive data from the machine among the certain period of time.
[TROUBLESHOOTING]
Restart maintenance program after confirming communication port or communication cable.
Incorrect download procedure.
The machine did not proceed download procedure correctly.
[TROUBLESHOOTING]
Restart maintenance program after confirming communication port or communication cable.
Make sure the communication device of PC(either COM or parallel) is under right condition.
Transmission error
The check sum value of the transmission data is mismatch.
[TROUBLESHOOTING]
Restart maintenance program after confirming communication device of PC (either COM or
parallel) is under right condition.
Download data file operation error.
[TROUBLESHOOTING]
Restart maintenance program after confirming the selected download file is not abnormal and
not using other application.
The error occurred except the above errors.
[TROUBLESHOOTING]
Restart maintenance program after confirming communication device of PC(either COM or
parallel) is under right condition.
AR-FX7 FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE 9 - 2
[10] TROUBLE CODE LIST
Trouble
code
Main Sub
code code
F6
82
1. Machine trouble codes
Trouble
code
Main Sub
code code
F6
00
Details of trouble
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
F6
10
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
80
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
81
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Details of trouble
Content
Details
MCU-FAX communication trouble
Communication establishment error/
framing/parity/protocol error
FAX control PWB connector disconnection
Defective harness between FAX control
PWB and MCU PWB
Motherboard connector pin breakage
FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error
Check connector/harness of FAX control
PWB and MCU PWB.
Check the grounding of the copier.
Check FAX control PWB ROM.
FAX control PWB trouble
Communication trouble between MCU and
FAX control PWB
FAX control PWB connector disconnection
Defective harness between FAX control
PWB and MCU PWB
Motherboard connector pin breakage
FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error
IC on FAX PWB causes abnormality
Check connector/harness of FAX control
PWB and MCU PWB.
Check the grounding of the copier.
Check FAX control PWB ROM.
Replace the FAX PWB.
FAX control PWB communication trouble
(Protocol)
Communication trouble between MCU and
FAX control PWB (Protocol error)
FAX control PWB connector disconnection
Defective harness between FAX control
PWB and MCU PWB
Motherboard connector pin breakage
FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error
Check connector/harness of FAX control
PWB and MCU PWB.
Check the grounding of the copier.
Check FAX control PWB ROM.
FAX control PWB communication trouble
(Parity)
Communication trouble between MCU and
FAX control PWB (Parity error)
FAX control PWB connector disconnection
Defective harness between FAX control
PWB and MCU PWB
Motherboard connector pin breakage
FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error
Check connector/harness of FAX control
PWB and MCU PWB.
Check the grounding of the copier.
Check FAX control PWB ROM.
Cause
Check
and
remedy
84
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
88
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
99
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
AR-FX7 TROUBLE CODE LIST 10 - 1
FAX control PWB communication trouble
(Over-run)
Communication trouble between MCU and
FAX control PWB (Overrun error)
FAX control PWB connector disconnection
Defective harness between FAX control
PWB and MCU PWB
Motherboard connector pin breakage
FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error
Check connector/harness of FAX control
PWB and MCU PWB.
Check the grounding of the copier.
Check FAX control PWB ROM.
FAX control PWB communication trouble
(Framing)
Communication trouble between MCU and
FAX control PWB (Framing error)
FAX control PWB connector disconnection
Defective harness between FAX control
PWB and MCU PWB
Motherboard connector pin breakage
FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error
Check connector/harness of FAX control
PWB and MCU PWB.
Check the grounding of the copier.
Check FAX control PWB ROM.
FAX control PWB communication trouble
(Timeout)
Communication trouble between MCU and
FAX control PWB (Timeout error)
FAX control PWB connector disconnection
Defective harness between FAX control
PWB and MCU PWB
Motherboard connector pin breakage
FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error
Check connector/harness of FAX control
PWB and MCU PWB.
Check the grounding of the copier.
Check FAX control PWB ROM.
FAX control PWB destination error
The machine destination setup does not
coincide with the FAX board destination
setup.
The machine destination setup (Sim 26-6)
does not coincide with the FAX board
setup
Check the variety of FAX LIU PWB.
Check the machine destination setup (Sim
22-6) and FAX country code (Soft SW
table).
2. Communication result code
Described on the communication report table, the communication management table, and the protocol communication report table when
communication is completed.
Result code
(Communication
result)
34
Communication
report result
column
Cancel
A. Composition of communication report code
Communication result X X
(X X X X)
Upper 2 digits of a communication result code: Communication report
code of 00 - 90 (Refer to the list of communication report codes.)
Lower 4 digits of a communication result code: Codes used by serviceman.
Top 2 digits
Bottom 2 digits
Communication report sub code 1 (Refer to
the list of communication sub code 1.)
Communication report sub code 2 (Refer to
the list of communication sub code 2.)
35
Power OFF
38
Reception
memory over
42
Reception
length over
44
Document error
46
No response
from the other
party
OK
The other party
has no polling
function.
Note) Communication report sub code 1 and sub code 2 are in hexadecimal. (The others are in decimal.)
<Communication result code list>
Result
code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Final reception signal
(Transmitting side)
Abnormal signal
NSF, DIS
CFR
FTT
MCF
PIP, PIN
RTN, RTP
No signal, DCN
PPR
Final reception signal
(Receiving side)
Abnormal signal
(SID), (SUB), NSS, DCS
(PWD), (SEP), NSC, DTC
EOP
EOM
MPS
PRI-Q
DCN
PPS-EOP
PPS-EOM
PPS-MPS, PPS-NULL
RR
CTC
EOR-Q
PPS-PRI-Q
RNR
CTR
ERR
Abnormal signal
NSF, DIS
CFR
FTT
MCF
PIP, PIN
RTN, RTP
No signal, DCN
PPR
RNR
CTR
ERR
Abnormal signal
SID, SUB, NSS, DCS
PWD, SEP, NSC, DTC
PPS-EOP
PPS-EOM
PPS-MPS, PPS-NULL
PRI-Q
DCN
RR
CTC
EOR-Q
PPS-PRI-Q
V.8 Phase-1
V.8 Phase-2
V.8 Phase-3
V.8 Phase-1
V.8 Phase-2
V.8 Phase-3
48
49
50
Polling is not
accepted.
51
Polling allow
number
discrepancy
56
Interface not
accepted
59
The other party
has no function
of F code
bulletin board.
F code polling
is not accepted.
(Note) For result codes 16 - 31, V.34 mode communication.
For 32 or later, refer to the table below.
<Communication result code list>
Result code
(Communication
result)
0 – 31
33
Communication
report result
column
Refer to the
previous table.
Busy
60
Communication interruption
content
Depends on the
communication disconnection
position. For 16 or later, V.34
mode communication.
The calling side cannot
connect the line with the other
party.
61
AR-FX7 TROUBLE CODE LIST 10 - 2
F code bulletin
board number
discrepancy
Communication interruption
content
When a communication
interruption command is
delivered during transmission
or reception, <Send/Receive/
Poll/Bulletin>
When the operation is
interrupted by the stop key.
When the power is cur off
during sending or receiving,
<Send/Receive/Poll/Bulletin>
When memory is over during
reception, <Receive/Poll>.
When printing cannot be
performed during reception
due to inhibition of proxy
reception, <Receive/Poll>
When the received data length
of one page exceeds the range
during reception, <Receive/Poll>
When a document jam occurs
during direct transmission,
<Send>
When the FAX signal from the
other party is not detected
within T1 time, <Send/Poll>
Communication normal end
When the called side has no
polling function in polling
reception, <Poll>
When the called side has no
transmission data, <Bulletin>
When DCN is received for DTC
in polling reception, <Poll>
When there is no transmission
data in polling transmission,
<Bulletin>
When the allow number does
not coincide in polling
transmission, <Bulletin>
When the system number does
not coincide in polling
transmission, <Bulletin>
1) When DCN is received for
NSS in transmission of the
relay instruction, <Send>
2) When a receiving station
number that is not
registered is instructed in
reception of the relay
instruction, <Receive>
3) When F code relay
instruction is received
during F code relay
broadcasting, <Receive>
When the other party machine
does not have DIS bit 47
(Selective polling function) in F
code polling (ringing), <Poll>
When DCN is received for SEP
in F code polling (ringing), <Poll>
When there is no transmission
data for SEP in bulletin board,
<Bulletin>
When the sub address (bulletin
board number (SEP)) does not
coincide in bulletin board,
<Bulletin>
Result code
(Communication
result)
62
Communication
report result
column
F code bulletin
board password
discrepancy
The other party
has no function
of F code.
Communication interruption
content
When the pass code (PWD)
does not coincide in bulletin
board, <Bulletin>
63
When the other party machine
does not have DIS bit 49 (sub
address capacity) in F code
transmission, <Send>. Check
that the other party machine
conforms to F code.
64
F code is not
When F code is transmitted,
accepted.
<Send>
1) When DCN is received for
SUB, check the BOX
number.
2) When DCN is received for
SID, check BOX number
and the pass code.
When F code is received,
<Receive>
When the F code relay
broadcast function or the F
code confidential reception
function is inhibited with soft
switches.
67
F code
When the pass code (SID)
password
does not coincide in F code
discrepancy
reception, <Receive>
68
BOX NO. NG
When a BOX number that is
not registered is instructed
(SUB discrepancy) in F code
reception, <Receive>
69
Memory over
Memory over in quick online
sending
• When communication result is OK, the communication result sub
code 1 and sub code 2 are 0000.
<Communication result sub code>
Result
code 2
02
03
06
07
08
11
12
13
14
15
16
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
28
Communication interruption content
EOL time over
Carrier detection time over
Memory image decoding error
Memory image decoding error
Time up between frames in phase C
Polarity reversion detection
Invalid command reception
Time over (1min timer/6sec timer)
PUT error
In V.34 mode, time up is generated when
shifting from Primary to Control.
In V.34 mode, time up is generated when
shifting from Control to Primary.
Polarity reversion detection
Invalid command reception
Fall back retry number over
Resend over of the number of times of
command retry
Time over (T5 timer)
Time over (T5 timer) in V.34 mode
Time over occurrence during shift from
Primary to Control in V.34 mode
Modem chip answering NG
Transmission/
Reception
Reception
Reception
Reception
Transmission
Transmission/
Reception
Reception
Reception
Reception
Reception
Reception
Reception
Transmission
Transmission
Transmission
Transmission
Transmission
Transmission
Transmission
Transmission/
Reception
• < > indicates the communication means. <Send>, send; <Receive>,
receive; <Poll>, polling; <Bulletin>, bulletin board
The status code from the modem in V.34 mode is indicated with the
communication result sub code 1 (top 2 digits). However, the communication sub code 1 is 00 in communication other than V.34 mode.
3. List of buzzer sounds in case of FAX abnormality
– : Long sound
• : Single sound
3:
Pause
Example: In case of TEL/LIU connection abnormality
{{– • • • • •} repeats {Pee • pi • pause • pi • pi • pi • pi}.
Beep sound
pattern
–• ••
Information content
Detail
–•
•••
Expanded memory connection
abnormality
Internal DMA transfer abnormality
–•
••••
TEL/LIU PWB connection abnormality
–••
•
–•••
•
Program ROM (main section) writing not
completed
Program ROM (font section) writing not
completed
Work DRAM (IC13, 14) abnormality
–••
••
–•••
••
SRAM (IC41) abnormality 1
–•••
•••
SRAM (IC41) abnormality 2
–•– –
–••–
–•••–
MCU upload no responding
System abnormality 1
System abnormality 2
Trouble content
Expanded memory insertion abnormality
Expanded memory reinsertion
Internal DMA transfer operation
abnormality
TEL/LIU PWB is not connected to the
main PWB.
Program ROM (main section) data
abnormality
Program ROM (font section) data
abnormality
Work DRAM abnormality
PWB solder trouble, PWB parts trouble
MCU PWB does not respond.
Various internal operation abnormality
Various internal operation abnormality
AR-FX7 TROUBLE CODE LIST 10 - 3
Download retry
Download retry
IC13, 14: PWB solder trouble, PWB parts
trouble
IC41: PWB solder trouble, PWB parts
trouble
IC41: PWB solder trouble, PWB parts
trouble
MCU PWB - main PWB connection
PWB solder trouble, PWB parts trouble
PWB solder trouble, PWB parts trouble
[11] ELECTRICAL SECTION
1. Block diagram
A. Main block diagram
FAX UNIT
FAX MAIN PWB
IMAGE PROCESSING
MEMORY
SRAM 1Mbit
IMAGE PROCESSING GATE ARRAY
SRAM CONTROL
SCANNING PROCESS FLOW
VERTICAL
SCANNING
2/3X
SCAN
I/F
SDRAM
CONTROL
IMAGE
ROTATING
VERTICAL
SCANNING
1/2X
MN
86065
I/F
COPIER
2/3X
Resolution
conversion
PRINT
I/F
IMAGE
ROTATING
3x3
CPU
I/F
FAX GA
I/F
PRINT PROCESS FLOW
PAGE
MEMORY
SDRAM
128Mbit
SRAM
1Mbit
CPU
(SH7709A)
SYSTEM CONTROL GATE ARRAY
MEM
ORY
back
up
WORK
MEMORY
SDRAM
16Mbit x 2
BACK UP
BACK UP
MEMORY
MEMORY
SRAM
SRAM
2Mbit
2Mbit x 2
FAX IMAGE
MEMORY
FLASH ROM
16Mbit
LIU PWB
MODEM
MN195006-E
SILICON DAA
DMAC
CONTROL
CPU
I/F
GATE
ARRAY
I/F
SRAM
CONTROL
VOICE
IC
I/F
RTC
I/F
MODEM
CONTROL
MN
86065
I/F
LINE
PSUED RINGER
(JAPAN ONLY)
EX TEL
VOICE IC
SI-3000
MN86065
I/F
Program ROM PWB
Speaker
Handset
(Japan only)
ADD-ON MEMORY
(AR-MM9)
8MB
PROGRAM
FLASH ROM
(JAPAN)16Mb
x2
(EX)8Mb x 2
Program
MEMORY
CONNECTOR
HANDSET
(Japan only)
ADD-ON
MEMORY
CONNECTOR
CODEC
MEMORY
SRAM
1Mbit
CEDEC IC
MN86065
BUS
BUFFER
B. TEL/LIU PWB block diagram
Modular
Connector
FAX Control
Program ROM
Surge/
Filter Circuit
DAA Circuit
(TNV Side)
DAA Circuit
(Secondary
Side)
MODEM
FG
FAX Control
CPU Circuit
Relay
CI Detector
Circuit
Copier
HOOK Detector
Circuit
LIU
24Vdc
Modular
Connector
to the External
Telephone
5Vdc
Power
Supply
3.3Vdc
FAX
main
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 1
Copier
120Vac
Printer
I/F
Unit
2. Circuit diagram
A. FAX MAIN PWB
8
7
6
5
FAX MAIN PWB (CPU)
+3.3V
R1
4.7K
CN1
PCTXD
PCRXD
1
2
3
4
D
TP672
TP671
R3
R4
R2
4.7K
I C1
100
100
S4B-PH-SM3-TB(NM)
5
6
7
8
R505
0
+3.3V
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
R1 0
VDD
GND
TP132
3
2
OSC515101J IS-19.6608M Hz-3.3TR
R5 02
C242 F0.1u/16
GN D
XIN
VDD
XOUT
FS0
FS1 MODOUT
LF
VSS
C410
P2782A -08SR
C409
F0.1u/16
C270/25
R230
0
VO L[A]
0(3216)(NM)
128
R11
+3.3V
L_BT-
TxD1/SCPT(2)
RxD1/SCPT(2)
SOK0/SCPT(1)
SCK1/SCPT(3)
TxD2/SCPT(4)
RxD2/SCPT(4)
RTS2/SCPT(6)
CTS2/IRQ5/SCP(7)
TxD0/SCPT(0)
RxD0/SCPT(0)
SCK2/SCPT(5)
TP730
112
R15
R561
10K
100
TP1127
204
R19
10K
TP92
TP676
193
124
CPURE SAK
TP1065
PW OFFDA204K
R(NM)
7
R23
10K
TP679
194
R24
10K
R28
10K
TP73
TP74
TP96
TP94
155
156
4
5
TP680
TP687
TP133
TP682
TP681
TP675
197
196
195
2
1
144
TP80
TP75
146
149
TP427
FB 4
MEM2012(NM)
C400
F0.1u/16
+3.3V
R32
10K
R33
R(NM)
R31
R34
10K
10K
R35
10K
R36
R(NM)
R37
10K
MD3
GN D
+1.8V
ASMD0/PTG(6)
AUDATA(0)/PTG(0)
AUDATA(1)/PTG(1)
AUDATA(2)/PTG(2)
AUDATA(3)/PTG(3)
AUDSYNC/PTE(7)
TCK/PTF(4)/PINT(12)
TMS/PTF(6)/PINT(14)
TRST/PTF(7)/PINT(15)
TDI/PTF(5)/PINT(13)
ASEBRKAK/PTG(5)
AUDCK/PTH(6)
10K
LE D
R2 5 0
151
206
E
8
7
6
5
GN D
+3.3V
164
171
169
TP731
Q1 KRC105S
SRAMCLRR1 3 820
C
B
R1 4 820
TP1130
JP2 SD00415- 52(NM)
LED1 LT1P67A
1
2
TP1128
K
+3.3V
R1 7 820
1
2
R1 8 820
LED2 LT1P67A
JP3 SD00415- 52(NM)
GN D
A
R2 1
R(NM)
D18
TP742
GN D R22
CP U_ CKIO
IC3
1
2
3
R558 330F 4
TP1505
VO L[A]
0
TP1129
R5 59
R(NM)
10K
OUT
TP89
TP91
AU DCK
R5 60 0
4
OE
168
174
170
176
139
137
136
138
6.8K
R398
R5 01 R(NM)
X1
1
R500
R504
R(NM)
TP158
TP162
TP157
TP747
HD6417709A F100
1
2
3
4
R9
GN D
R(NM)
C
R6
4.7K
CPU_TCK
CPU_TMS
TRSTCP U_TDI
CPU_TDO
ASEBR KRK-
+5V
+3.3V
GN D
R5
3.3K
166
172
165
167
127
135
133
131
130
94
NCS036- 014-DS(NM)
FB 20
MEM2012(NM)
4
3
2
1
ASMD0AUDA TA0
AUDA TA1
AUDA TA2
AUDA TA3
AU DSYN C-
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
4
3
2
1
CN2
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
FAXCMD
FAXSTS
FAXSR DYFAXCRDY -
BR 9
MNR04 4.7K
8
7
6
5
BR 7
BR 8
MNR04 4.7K MNR04 4.7K
+3.3V
5
6
7
8
GN D
GN D
TP674
TP673
TP88
TP90
GN D
AN(6)/DA(1)/PTL(6)
CASHL/PTJ(4)
AN(5)/PTL(5)
RESETP
RESETM
NMI
CA
XTAL
EXTAL
XTAL2
EXTAL2
MD5
MD4
MD3
MD2
MD1
MD0
CAP1
CAP2
TP1042
MEM2012(NM)
3
21
35
47
59
71
85
97
111
163
183
29
81
134
154
175
145
150
205
FB 5
+1.8V
R231
0
TP1043
FB 6
MEM2012(NM)
C326
A33u/10
C327
A33u/10
C4
B
C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
C1 0
C1 1
C1 2
C1 3
C1 4
C1 5
C1 6
C1 7
C1 8
C1 9
C2 0
C2 1
C2 2
C2 3
C2 4
F0.1u/16
B470/50
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
B470/50
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
TP76
TP78
R273 R274
GN D
GN D
GN D
TP77
TP79
TP83
TP81
TP93
TP82
TP85
TP86
TP705
TP703
S_EN
GDMA
+3.3V
GN D
10K
10K
RGDT-
R407
100
R4 9 R5 0
CI
GN D
GN D
C324
DQ MUU
B1000/50
DQMUL
R273: Program FLASH
NM(Intel)/10K(Fujituu)
A
TP704
TP716
10K 10K
R5 1
R5 2
33
33
GDMAE
GC CH
Vcc(RTC)
VccQ
VccQ
VccQ
VccQ
VccQ
VccQ
VccQ
VccQ
VccQ
VccQ
Vcc
Vcc
Vcc
Vcc
Vcc
Vcc-PLL1
Vcc-PLL2
AVcc(3.3V)
208
198
148
147
173
153
152
132
79
27
181
161
109
95
83
69
57
45
33
19
6
184
143
142
141
140
126
129
11
125
110
107
92
91
AVss
AVss
Vss-PLL2
Vss-PLL1
Vss
Vss
Vss
Vss
Vss
Vss
VssQ
VssQ
VssQ
VssQ
VssQ
VssQ
VssQ
VssQ
VssQ
VssQ
Vss(RTC)
RESETOUT/PTD(2)
IRLS(0)/PTF(0)/PINT(8)
IRLS(1)/PTF(1)/PINT(9)
IRLS(2)/PTF(2)/PINT(10)
IRLS(3)/PTF(3)/PINT(11)
IOIS16/PTG(7)
PTG(4)
IRQ3/IRL3/PTH(3)
ADTRG/PTH(5)
CASLH/CASU/PTJ(3)
RAS2L/PTJ(1)
WE3/DQMUL/ICIOWR/PTK(7)
WE2/DQMUL/ICIORD/PTK(6)
GN D
R274: Standard FLASH
NM(Intel)/10K(Fujituu)
R312
10K
R313
10K
GN D
8
7
6
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 2
5
4
3
2
1
1/10
D[0:15]
D[16:31]
A[1:25]
A F100
BR 1
CKIO
WAIT
BREQ
BACK
RD
WE0/DQMLL
WE1/DQMLU/WE
RD/WR
BS/PTK(4)
CS0/MCS(0)
CS2/PTK(0)
CS3/PTK(1)
CS4/PTK(2)
CS5/CE1A/PTK(3)
CS6/CE1B
DREQ0/PTD(4)
DREQ1/PTD(6)
DRAK0/PTD(1)
DRAK1/PTD(0)
IRQOUT
IRQ2/IRL2/PTH(2)
IRQ1/IRL1/PTH(1)
IRQ0/IRL0/PTH(0)
MCS(7)/PTC(7)/PINT(7)
MCS(6)/PTC(6)/PINT(6)
MCS(5)/PTC(5)/PINT(5)
MCS(4)/PTC4)/PINT(4)
MCS(3)/PTC(3)/PINT(3)
MCS(2)/PTC(2)/PINT(2)
MCS(1)/PTC(1)/PINT(1)
MCS(0)/PTC(0)/PINT(0)
DACK1/PTD(7)
DACK0/PTD(5)
WAKEUP/PTD(3)
CAS2L/PTE(6)
CE2B/PTE(5)
CE2A/PTE(4)
CAS2H/PTE(3)
RAS3U/PTE(2)
RAS2U/PTE(1)
TDO/PTE(0)
TCLK/PTH(7)
IRQ4/PTH(4)
STATUS1/PTJ(7)
STATUS0/PTJ(6)
CASHH/PTJ(5)
4
3
2
1
53
54
55
56
58
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
70
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
80
82
84
86
TP107
TP108
TP640
TP721
TP109
TP111
TP110
TP112
TP706
TP709
TP708
TP707
TP113
TP114
TP115
TP116
TP711
TP710
TP713
TP712
TP120
TP119
TP118
TP117
TP692
TP121
4
3
2
1
162
123
122
121
88
89
90
93
87
TP678
TP84
TP102
TP101
TP100
TP99
TP702
96
98
99
100
101
102
TP103
TP104
TP105
TP106
TP714
TP715
R4 5
R4 6
33
33
191
192
189
190
TP689
TP688
R4 7
R4 8
33
33
5
6
7
8
MNR04 33
BR 5
5
6
7
8
MNR04 33
BR12
5
6
7
8
MNR04 33
BR16
5
6
7
8
MNR04 33
MNR04 33
BR 10
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
MNR04 33
BR 14
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
MNR04 33
BR 18
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
A24
A25
TP125
TP662
TP661
TP660
TP666
TP665
TP664
TP663
TP659
TP658
TP657
TP656
TP667
TP668
TP669
TP670
TP655
TP722
TP736
TP701
TP735
TP733
TP734
TP732
TP1044
TP723
4
3
2
1
MNR04 ( NM)
BR 6
4
3
2
1
BR13
4
3
2
1
MNR04 ( NM)
BR17
4
3
2
1
MNR04 ( NM)
MNR04 ( NM)
BR11
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
R7
MNR04 ( NM)
TP415
5
6
7
8
TP737
IC2
1
MNR04 ( NM)
8
6
4
2
BR19
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
19
MNR04 33
33
33
BR 26
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
MNR04 33
BR 30
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
MNR04 33
BR25
4
3
2
1
MNR04 ( NM)
BR29
4
3
2
1
10K
BR37
5
6
7
8
R4 4
4
3
2
1
33
BR 38
5
6
7
8
MNR04 33
5
6
7
8
MNR04 ( NM)
5
6
7
8
CP U_ CKIO
R1 6
0
TP686
VCC
GND
MNR04 ( NM)
GN D
TP1066
CK IO_SDRAM
20
+3.3V
10
C1
F0.1u/16
FB 3
MEM2012(NM)
GN D
C
GN D
R219
5
6
7
8
47
TP129
FB 13
MEM2012(NM)
MNR04 ( NM)
BR31
4
3
2
1
CK IO_GA2
TC74LCX244FT
BR27
4
3
2
1
GN D
R1 2
33
TP911
TP912
TP913
9
7
5
3
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
TP216
FB 2
MEM2012(NM)
2G
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
GN D
33
TP128
TP127
TP126
12
14
16
18
1Y4
1Y3
1Y2
1Y1
5
6
7
8
GN D
BR 32
BR 33
BR 34
BR 35
BR 36
MNR04 10K MNR04 10K MNR04 10K MNR04 10K MNR04 10K
+3.3V
R4 0
MNR04 ( NM)
R42
R(NM)
R39
R(NM)
10K
TUIKA1
WAIT-
TP97
TP677
R43
5
6
7
8
BR23
4
3
2
1
R8
1A4
1A3
1A2
1A1
8
7
6
5
5
6
7
8
MNR04 33
MNR04 ( NM)
11
13
15
17
+3.3V
1G
1
2
3
4
BR28
5
6
7
8
MNR04 ( NM)
CK IO_GA1
FB 1
MEM2012(NM)
6
5
8
7
MNR04 33
BR 22
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
33
BR15
4
3
2
1
3
4
1
2
5
6
7
8
MNR04 33
MNR04 33
160
10
9
8
D
5
6
7
8
8
7
6
5
BR24
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
MNR04 33
R3 8
R4 1
5
6
7
8
+3.3V
BR 4
BR21
5
6
7
8
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
MNR04 ( NM)
BR20
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
TP1067
TP1074
TP424
TP1070
TP1076
TP425
TP1072
TP1078
TP423
TP1068
TP1075
TP1069
TP1071
TP1077
TP426
TP1073
TP1094
TP1093
TP1092
TP1085
TP1088
TP1091
TP1084
TP1087
TP1090
TP1079
TP1083
TP1086
TP1089
TP1080
TP1081
TP1082
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
BR 3
D3 1
D3 0
D2 9
D2 8
D2 7
D2 6
D2 5
D2 4
D2 3
D2 2
D2 1
D2 0
D1 9
D1 8
D1 7
D1 6
D1 5
D1 4
D1 3
D1 2
D1 1
D1 0
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
+3.3V
TP693
TP700
TP694
TP699
TP695
RD WE0WE1RD /WRBS-
TP698
TP696
TP697
TP719
TP718
TP717
CS0CS2CS3CS4CS5CS6-
WA ITRD WE0WE1RD/ WRBSCS0CS2CS3CS4CS5CS6-
DR EQ[0]DR EQ[1]DRA K[0]
DRA K[1]
TP417
DRE Q[0]DRE Q[1]DRA K[0]
DRA K[1]
TP87
IR Q2IR Q1IR Q0-
TP683
TP95
177
178
179
180
185
186
187
188
TP409
TP1502
TP1503
TP1504
115
114
182
TP727
TP729
116
104
103
117
118
119
120
TP528
TP527
TP7
TP8
TP15
TP14
TP98
159
12
TP739
TP635
158
157
113
TP740
TP738
TP728
B
SPMUTE
HNDM UTEMPXA
EC
CML
TP135
TP137
TP136
207
203
202
201
200
199
IR Q2IR Q1IR Q0-
S
CI ON
150VON-
TXSEL[A]
VOLCNT [B]
VOLCNT [A]
VO L[C]
VOL[B]
VOL[A]
C_BT
100
VRSEL[3]VRSEL[2]VRSEL[1]-
HS2-
C325
B1000/50
LI UID
HS 1
RHS
TP1260
R408
+3.3V BR 39
MNR04 10K
GN D
EXHS1
2
3
4
AN(7)/DA(0)/PTL(7)
AN(4)/PTL(4)
AN(3)/PTL(3)
AN(2)/PTL(2)
AN(1)/PTL(1)
AN(0)/PTL(0)
TP685
TP634
TP638
TP639
TP632
TP633
TP649
TP648
TP650
TP647
TP626
TP627
TP651
TP624
TP652
TP623
TP653
TP625
TP654
TP636
TP628
TP629
TP637
TP630
TP631
TP646
TP720
TP641
TP645
TP642
TP643
TP644
1
2
3
4
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
A24
A25
BR 2
13
14
15
16
17
18
20
22
23
24
25
26
28
30
31
32
34
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
46
48
49
50
51
52
8
7
6
5
D31/PTB(7)
D30/PTB(6)
D29/PTB(5)
D28/PTB(4)
D27/PTB(3)
D26/PTB(2)
D25/PTB(1)
D24/PTB(0)
D23/PTA(7)
D22/PTA(6)
D21/PTA(5)
D20/PTA(4)
D19/PTA(3)
D18/PTA(2)
D17/PTA(1)
D16/PTA(0)
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
CASLL/CASL/PTJ(2)
RAS3L/PTJ(0)
CKE/PTK(5)
4
108
106
105
TP726
TP724
TP725
R5 3
R5 4
R5 5
33
33
33
TP123
TP124
TP122
CASLRAS3LCK E
3
2
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 3
A
1
4
3
FAX MAIN PWB (FLASH)
D[16:31]
D[0:15]
A[1:25]
D
IC 70
IC5
+3.3V
R550
10K
ROMPCE-
C
R549
A21
A20
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
0
9
16
17
48
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
12
28
11
14
TP892 10
ROMPOEROMPWEROMPWP-
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
CE
RP
OE
WE
WP
NC
IC6
DQ15
DQ14
DQ13
DQ12
DQ11
DQ10
DQ9
DQ8
DQ7
DQ6
DQ5
DQ4
DQ3
DQ2
DQ1
DQ0
RY/BY
BYTE
45
43
41
39
36
34
32
30
44
42
40
38
35
33
31
29
D1 5
D1 4
D1 3
D1 2
D1 1
D1 0
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
15
47
TP895
+3.3V
R5 6
1K
RO MPRY
+3.3V
R5 7
10K
13
37
VPP
VCC
C2 7
A33u/10
27
46
GND
GND
C2 9
F0.1u/16 C3 0
F0.1u/16
MBM29LV 160BE90PFTN(NM)
IC5
QS51
QS52~
A21
A20
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
9
16
17
48
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
12
28
11
14
TP893 10
ROMPOEROMPWEROMPWP-
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
DQ15
DQ14
DQ13
DQ12
DQ11
DQ10
DQ9
DQ8
DQ7
DQ6
DQ5
DQ4
DQ3
DQ2
DQ1
DQ0
RY/BY
BYTE
D3 1
D3 0
D2 9
D2 8
D2 7
D2 6
D2 5
D2 4
D2 3
D2 2
D2 1
D2 0
D1 9
D1 8
D1 7
D1 6
15
47
TP894
ROMNOEROMNWEROMNWP-
DQ15
DQ14
DQ13
DQ12
DQ11
DQ10
DQ9
DQ8
DQ7
DQ6
DQ5
DQ4
DQ3
DQ2
DQ1
DQ0
RY/BY
BYTE
VPP
VCC
CE
RP
OE
WE
WP
NC
GND
GND
MBM29LV 160BE90PFTN
RO MPRY
+3.3V
R5 8
10K
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
C2 8
A33u/10
27
46
GND
GND
IC6
QS51
QS52~
MBM29LV160
MBM29LV800
TP272
26
12
28
11
14
10
ROMNCE-
C3 1
F0.1u/16 C3 2
F0.1u/16
MBM29LV 160BE90PFTN(NM)
GN D
9
16
17
48
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
13
37
VPP
VCC
CE
RP
OE
WE
WP
NC
45
43
41
39
36
34
32
30
44
42
40
38
35
33
31
29
A20
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
ROMBANK0
GN D
MBM29LV160
MBM29LV800
ROMBANK1
ROMRPROMOCERESRAMCE2
R553
R(NM)
R554
33
ROMRP+3.3V
+3.3V
C3 6
F0.1u/16
R6 2
10K
14
+3.3V
+3.3V
TP385
TP146
IC 10
3
C3 7
F0.1u/16
VCC
OUT
1
4
GND
RES
7
TP383
TP145
GN D
2
1
5
IC 9A
TC74LCX14FT
IC 20C 14
6
7
TC74LCX04FT
RO MORY
R534
33
RES-
2
PST591IMT
GN D
B
GN D
+3.3V
10K
+3.
+3.3V
IC 11A
2
7
1
TC74LCX05FT
C4 1
C(NM)
R6 4
0
D1 6
C4 2
F0.1u/16
1SS355
R292
2.2K
+3.3V
TP1236
ZD 2
TC74LCX14FT
R293
10K
UDZ2.0B
ROMOCID1
E
IC9 D
8
R600
TP397
14
TP422
9
MANRES-
TP1238
GN D
R6 6
0
TC74LCX05FT
Q13
KTC3875
R291
5.6K
R294
1K
Q14
KTA1504
TP1240
RAMCE2
R295
470( 2012)
SW1
C4 3
B2200/50
B
TP1237
E
IC 11B
4
C
TP396
3
SKH U(NM)
GN D
FRESET
TP1239 B
C
R6 3
10K
GN D
GN D
SW2
SW2
TP392
A
R253
0
9
IC 11D
8
SW2
TP389
TC74LCX05FT
TP391
R254
0
11
IC 11E
10
TP388
TC74LCX05FT
TP390
R255
0
13
IC 11F
12
TP387
TC74LCX05FT
GN D
4
3
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 4
2
1
2/10
D
D1 5
D1 4
D1 3
D1 2
D1 1
D1 0
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
45
43
41
39
36
34
32
30
44
42
40
38
35
33
31
29
DQ15
DQ14
DQ13
DQ12
DQ11
DQ10
DQ9
DQ8
DQ7
DQ6
DQ5
DQ4
DQ3
DQ2
DQ1
DQ0
RO MNRY
TP268
R6 0
1K
15
47
RY/BY
BYTE
R59
10K
13
37
VPP
VCC
+3.3V
C3 3
A33u/10
27
46
GND
GND
C3 4 C3 5
F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16
V 160BE90PFTN
GN D
MBANK0
IC9 C
6
5
R1020
33
14
MBANK1
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D1 0
D1 1
D1 2
D1 3
D1 4
D1 5
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D1 0
D1 1
D1 2
D1 3
D1 4
D1 5
TC74LCX14FT
IC 72C
R613
33
9
8
10
14 7
OMOCE-
+3.3V
TC74LCX32FT
IC 72D
R614
33
1K
12
11
TC74LCX32FT
R6 1
7
13
O MORY
10K
8
7
6
5
10K
10K
10K
+3.3V
RES-
+3.3V
CN1 0
BR131
5
6
7
8
4
MNR04 33 3
BR132 2
1
1
8
2
7 MNR04 33
3
6
BR133
4
5
1
8
MNR04 33 2
7
6
BR134 3
4
5
1
8
2
7 MNR04 33
3
6
BR135
4
5
1
8
MNR04 33 2
7
6
BR136 3
4
5
1
8
2
7 MNR04 33
3
6
BR137
4
5
1
8
MNR04 33 2
7
3
6
4
5
R506
33
R379
MNR04 33
10K
1
2
3
4
R229
R228
R227
R226
BR 46
MNR04 10K
4
3
2
1
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
BR130
5
6
7
8
R600
10K
+3.3V
ROMOOEROMOWPROMOWEROMOCD0
ROMOCD1
+3.3V
ROMOCID0
OMOCID1
IC11C
6
C3 8
A33u/10
5
TC74LCX05FT
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15/A-1
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
RP
RY/BY
BYTE
VPP
1CE
D15/A-1
2CE
NC
OE
WP
WE
NC
VCC
GND
VCC
GND
GND
GND
NC
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
BR147 A22 MNR04 33
4
5
3
6
2
7
BR148
1
8
4
5
3
6
2
7
BR149 1
8
4
5
3
6 MNR04 33
2
7
BR150
1
8
4
5
MNR04 33 3
6
2
7
BR151 1
8
4
5
3
6 MNR04 33
2
7
BR152
1
8
4
5
MNR04 33 3
6
2
7
BR153 1
8
4
5
3
6 MNR04 33
2
7
BR154
1
8
4
5
MNR04 33 3
6
2
7
1
8
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D1 0
D1 1
D1 2
D1 3
D1 4
D1 5
D1 6
D1 7
D1 8
D1 9
D2 0
D2 1
D2 2
D2 3
D2 4
D2 5
D2 6
D2 7
D2 8
D2 9
D3 0
D3 1
ROMRPRO MPRY
+3.3V
ROMPCE-
R552
10K
R551
33
+3.3V
R547
33
R548
MNR04 33
10K
ROMPOEROMPWPROMPWE-
+3.3V
C406
A33u/10
DMM2-SD72A-1131
SRAMCLR-
CN 11
13
14
15
16
17
18
28
31
32
29
33
34
36
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
41
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
35
37
38
49
50
51
52
53
54
56
57
58
60
59
62
63
64
19
45
48
55
40
12
42
43
44
46
47
11
10
30
61
1
20
39
72
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15/A-1
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
RP
RY/BY
BYTE
VPP
1CE
D15/A-1
2CE
NC
OE
WP
WE
NC
VCC
GND
VCC
GND
GND
GND
NC
C
B
DMM2-SD72A-1131
C3 9 C4 0
F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16
3
2
1
RAMCE2
13
14
15
16
17
18
28
31
32
29
33
34
36
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
41
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
35
37
38
49
50
51
52
53
54
56
57
58
60
59
62
63
64
19
45
48
55
40
12
42
43
44
46
47
11
10
30
61
1
20
39
72
C407 C408
F0.1u/16 F0.1u/16
GN D
GN D
4
5
6
SW2
RF-H062T D-1130
GN D
Normally operation Download execution Download creation
(OP→STD)
(STD→OP)
SRAM clear
SW2-1
SW2-2
A
SW2-3
: With jumper
: No jumper
2
1
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 5
A
FAX MAIN PWB (SRAM)
D[16:31]
D[0:15]
A[1:25]
IC 13
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
B
TP891
TP890
IC 71
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
RAMCE2
R287
R(NM)
GN D
14
+3.3V
IC 72A
9
10
7
11
4
12
1
31
2
3
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
30
6
32
5
R530 TP1114
33
1
3
2
7
C241
F0.1u/16
35
34
18
17
16
15
14
36
CKIO_SDRA M
CK E
CS3RAS3LCASLRD /WRWE0WE1-
RAMCERAMOERAMWERAMUBRAMLB-
NC/A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
I/O7
I/O6
I/O5
I/O4
I/O3
I/O2
I/O1
I/O0
D1 5
D1 4
D1 3
D1 2
D1 1
D1 0
D9
D8
33
37
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
CLK
CKE
CS
RAS
CAS
WE
LDQM
UDQM
NC
NC
I/O15
I/O14
I/O13
I/O12
I/O11
I/O10
I/O9
I/O8
I/O7
I/O6
I/O5
I/O4
I/O3
I/O2
I/O1
I/O0
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
49
48
46
45
43
42
40
39
12
11
9
8
6
5
3
2
D1 5
D1 4
D1 3
D1 2
D1 1
D1 0
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
1
7
13
25
38
44
CKIO_SDRA M
CKE
CS3RAS3LCASLRD/ WRDQMUL
DQ MUU
+3.3V
C4 6
A10u/16
4
10
26
41
47
50
C4 4
F0.1u/16
TP889
TP888
C4 5
F0.1u/16
GN D
W981616BH
+3.3V
VBT3.3
D2 5
1SS355(NM)
VCC
CE1
CE2
OE
WE
29
28
27
26
25
23
22
21
19
20
32
31
30
29
28
27
24
23
22
21
8
C5 0
C5 2
A10u/16
F0.1u/16
VSS
24
D2 4
1SS355(NM)
ZD 3
UDZ2.0B
IS62W V2568B LL-70
TC74LCX32FT
GN D
TP1234
R290
1K
C252
C150/50
GN D
TP1233
R288
360
C417
F1u/10(1608)(NM)
R289
560
14
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
IC 72B
R531 TP1115
33
4
6
A
7
5
TC74LCX32FT
C253
C150/50
9
10
7
11
4
12
1
31
2
3
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
30
6
32
5
NC/A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
29
28
27
26
25
23
22
21
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
GN D
VCC
CE1
CE2
OE
WE
Q11
KTC3875
B
I/O7
I/O6
I/O5
I/O4
I/O3
I/O2
I/O1
I/O0
8
C5 1
F0.1u/16
VSS
24
IS62W V2568B LL-70
GN D
A
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 6
E
IC 73
C
GN D
B
3/10
IC 14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
19
20
32
31
30
29
28
27
24
23
22
21
35
34
18
17
16
15
14
36
AM
KE
S33LLWRMUL
MUU
TP889
TP888
33
37
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
49
48
46
45
43
42
40
39
12
11
9
8
6
5
3
2
I/O15
I/O14
I/O13
I/O12
I/O11
I/O10
I/O9
I/O8
I/O7
I/O6
I/O5
I/O4
I/O3
I/O2
I/O1
I/O0
CLK
CKE
CS
RAS
CAS
WE
LDQM
UDQM
B
1
7
13
25
38
44
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
NC
NC
D3 1
D3 0
D2 9
D2 8
D2 7
D2 6
D2 5
D2 4
D2 3
D2 2
D2 1
D2 0
D1 9
D1 8
D1 7
D1 6
+3.3V
C4 9
A10u/16
4
10
26
41
47
50
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
C4 7
F0.1u/16
C4 8
F0.1u/16
GN D
W981616BH
+3.3V +5V
R555
0
C5 3
A10u/16
R556
0
IC 93
C5 5
A10u/16
2
VCC
OUT
GND
NC
1
2.0B
TP1137
+3.3V
4
TP1235
GN D
3
PST3426
GN D
Q12
VBT3.3
MMBTA56
GN D
L_BT-
D1 0
D2 6
1SS355(NM)
+3.3V
Q11
KTC3875
RB751V-40(NM)
+5V
+5V
JP 4
SD00415- 52(NM)
D3
1SS355
D23
1
TP1135
1SS355(NM)
2
R7 0
R(NM)
R507
R(NM)
3
TP1134
R7 4
R7 5
82K
1.6K
TP1007
R1057
0
R7 6
R(NM)
2
R508
R(NM)
TP421
+
-
R557
R(NM)
1
IC 16A
KIA393F (NM)
C5 8
C(NM)
R7 8
1.6K
TP1008
1
GN D
BT1
CR2477- H01
GN D
2
TP1009
TP1136
6
R8 0
5
0
GN D
GN D
C_BT
C_BT
Q2
DTC363EKA T146
B
C
E
R1058
20K
D1 4
RLS-73(NM)
8
R1061
0
4
1234
R290
1K
GN D
B
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 7
+
7
IC 16B
KIA393F (NM)
TP378
A
8
7
6
5
FAX MAIN PWB (MCU I/F)
R387
0(3216)
+5VS
C321
F0.1u/16
D
C322
A33u/10
CN4
TX24-60R-12ST-H1
GN D
SG
SG
GDATA0
GDATA1
GDATA2
GDATA3
GDATA4
GDATA5
GDATA6
GDATA7
GDATA8
GDATA9
GDATA10
GDATA11
GDATA12
GDATA13
GDATA14
GDATA15
SG
SG
FAXPRDFAXREQ1PFAXACK1PFAXCS1PSG
0(3216)
C6 5
F0.1u/16
C6 6
A33u/10
+5V
34
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
R234
R235
R236
R237
R238
TP1231
SG
SG
FAXWU-
TC
GN D
IC
TP1230
K
K
+5VS
AK
R1060
10K
R245
0
10K
R8 3
100
R244
R1059
10K
DA204K
R243
D22
GN D
10K
13
43
14
44
15
45
A
DA204K
10K
A
D21
GN D
+3.3V
R242
AK
R241
+5VS
TC
GN D
IC 22
R8 4
2
4
6
8
11
13
15
17
TP748
R(NM)
100
BR47
BR48
BR49
BR50
MNR04 10K MNR04 10K MNR04 10K MNR04 10K
+3.3V
16
46
TP1211
TP1210
TP1209
TP1208
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
5
6
7 MNR04 33
8 BR104
5
6
7 MNR04 33
8 BR105
5
6
7 MNR04 33
8 BR106
4
3
2
1
5
6
7 MNR04 33
8 BR107
4
3
2
1
13
R285 100
C7 3
B1000/50
C418
B1000/50
C419
B1000/50
1
19
R8 5
10K
TP1215 GDATA0
TP1214 GDATA1
TP1213 GDATA2
TP1212 GDATA3
TP1207 GDATA4
TP1206 GDATA5
TP1205 GDATA6
TP1204 GDATA7
TP1200 GDATA8
TP1201 GDATA9
TP1202 GDATA10
TP1203 GDATA11
TP1219 GDATA12
TP1218 GDATA13
TP1217 GDATA14
TP1216 GDATA15
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
1G
2G
VCC
GND
GN D
18
16
14
12
9
7
5
3
20
10
TC74LCX244FT
GN
GN D
TP1232
IC 9B
4
3
R286 33
+
C8 1
C100/50
TC74LCX14FT
GN D
25
55
IC 26
GDATA[0:15]
26
56
27
57
TP160
28
58
29
59
18
16
14
12
9
7
5
3
+3.3V
20
C8 5
F0.1u/16
10
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
VCC
1G
2G
2
4
6
8
11
13
15
17
1
19
GND
TC74LCX244FT
GN D
30
60
HOLE
H7
HOLE
HOLE
H6
H5
HOLE
HOLE
H4
HOLE
H3
H2
H1
GN D
HOLE
TP1055
GN D
CN1 2
B3B-PH-K-S
A
1
2
3
8
11
R284 100
C7 2
B1000/50
B
FAXREQ0PFAXACK0PFAXCS0P-
IC
GN D
EXTRS
11
41
12
42
17
47
18
48
19
49
20
50
21
51
22
52
23
53
24
54
+3.3V
C7 1
A33u/10
FRESET-
7
37
8
38
9
39
10
40
+3.3V
TP897
C7 0
F0.1u/16
R233
GN D
5
35
6
36
5
6
7
8
FAXPAGEFAXDETFAXCMD
FAXSTS
FAXCRDYFAXSRDY-
0(3216)
R391
C6 4
A10u/35
4
3
2
1
C
R390
C6 3
F0.01u/50
5
6
7
8
SG
SG
SG
SG
3
33
4
+24V
C243
F0.01u/50
4
3
2
1
RESETNC / EXTRS
PWOFFNC / FAXWUPRLINESCLINEHSYNCREADY-
0(3216)
5
6
7
8
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
0(3216)
R389
4
3
2
1
+5V / +5VS
R388
5
6
7
8
+5V
+5V
+5V
1
31
2
32
4
3
2
1
+24V
+24V
+24V
+24V
7
1
2
3
6
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 8
5
GN
4
3
2
1
4/10
D5
IC19
0
R260
0
IN
C6 8
F0.01u/50
KIA78M12P(NM)
OUT
OUT
IN
+12V
GND
R8 1
C244
F0.01u/50
C6 7
A47u/16(NM)
C6 9
F0.1u/16
GND
+24V
D
1SS355(NM)
GN D
IC 9E
10
11
TP395
FRESET
R615 33
TC74LCX14FT
IC9 F
12
13
TP386
1
TC74LCX14FT
IC 20A14
2
7
TC74LCX04FT
R616 33
PWOFF-
R240
2
VCC
GND
18
16
14
12
9
7
5
3
PR LINESC LINEREAD YFAXSTS
FAXCRDY FAXACK1PFAXCS1PFAXREQ0P-
TP745
TP746
20
+3.3V
10
C7 7
F0.1u/16
D7
GN D
1SS355(NM)
TP1131
TP1103
IC23
+5V
R8 6
0
R262
0
3
IN
LCX244FT
C7 9
F0.1u/16
TP384
3
+3.3V
IC 20B14
4
7
TC74LCX04FT
LM1117MPX-3.3(NM)
2
OUT1
TP1049
R246
R(NM)
MDM3.3V
4
OUT2
C8 0
F0.1u/16
1
GN D
IC 9B
4
C
MEM2012(NM)
FB 15
GND
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
0
+3.3V
C7 8
A33u/10
GN D
R617 33
HS YNC-
1G
2G
10K
2
4
6
8
11
13
15
17
10K
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
R248
R8 7
10K
R247
TC74LCX14FT
+3.3V
FAXPAGEFAXCMD
FAXSR DYFAXPRDFAXREQ1PFAXACK0PFAXCS0P-
TP161
1
19
B
LCX244FT
GN D
D8
1SS355
TP1124
0
R263
0
C8 3
F0.1u/16
3
IN
LM1117MPX-1.8
2
OUT1
GND
R8 8
OUT2
1
IC25
+3.3V
TP410
+1.8V
4
C8 4
F0.1u/16
C8 2
A33u/10
GN D
A
4
3
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 9
2
1
A
C
B
FAX MAIN PWB (GA1)
CD 1D3
CD 1D2
CD 1D1
CD 1D0
BR159 MNR04 33
1
8
2
7
3
6
4
5
TP952
TP947
TP950
TP949
GN D
GN
TP374 R1005 33
CD1 UBETP1059 R1026
33(1608) CD 1WRTP1060 R1025
33(1608) C D1RDTP364 R1024
33(1608) CD1 CS -
CD 1D7
CD 1D6
CD 1D5
CD 1D4
3.3V
C9 1
F0.1u/1
5
6
7
8
GN D
4
3
2
1
3.3VGA1
RTCDT
RTCCK
RTCCE
RT CIO
3.3VGA1
3
C100
F0.1u/16
BZ
BT
MDMRES-
GN D
MDMIRQ
3.3VGA1
R9 3
4.7K
TP613
TP616
TP617
TP614
TP615
TP612
TP611
TP297
TP300
TP299
TP298
TP301
TP1099
TP305
TP306
TP307
TP303
TP304
TP513
TP1
TP596
TP580
TP581
TP582
TP51
TP302
TP586
TP587
TP585
TP584
TP583
GN D
3.3VGA1
C104
F0.1u/16
TP594
TP595
TP593
TP592
GN D
3.3VGA1
C106
F0.1u/16
GN D
3.3VGA1
C107
F0.1u/16
GN D
3.3VGA1
C108
F0.1u/16
2
TP589
TP588
TP590
TP591
G1D[0:7]
GN D
G2D[0:7]
G1REQG1ACKG2REQG2ACK-
R1022 33(1608)
G1 D0
G1 D1
G1 D2
G1 D3
G1 D4
G1 D5
G1 D6
G1 D7
G2 D0
G2 D1
G2 D2
G2 D3
G2 D4
G2 D5
G2 D6
G2 D7
R1023 33(1608)
BR169
MNR04 33
1
8
2
7
3
6 BR170
4
5MNR04 33
1
8
2
7
3
6
4
5
TP878
TP872
TP870
TP869
TP874
TP871
TP877
TP875
TP873
TP876
TP868
TP867
TP862
TP861
TP863
TP860
TP864
TP865
TP859
TP866
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
GND-1
GND-2
VORES_N
VOSD
VOSI
VOST_N
VOCH_N
VOBUSY_N
VONAR
NC
TCK
TDI
TRST
TDO
RTCDT
RTCCK
RTCCE
RTCIO
VDD-19
GND-20
RTC245DIR
RTC245OE_N
BZ
BT
MDMRES_N
MDMCS_N
MDMRD_N
MDMWR_N
MDMIRQ
TMS
GND-31
MDMA[0]
MDMA[1]
MDMA[2]
MDMA[3]
MDMA[4]
VDD-37
VDD-38
GND-39
GND-40
MDMD[0]
MDMD[1]
MDMD[2]
MDMD[3]
VDD-45
GND-46
MDMD[4]
MDMD[5]
MDMD[6]
MDMD[7]
VDD-51
GND-52
G1REQ_N
G1ACK_N
G2REQ_N
G2ACK_N
VDD-57
GND-58
G1D[0]
G1D[1]
G1D[2]
G1D[3]
G1D[4]
G1D[5]
G1D[6]
G1D[7]
G2D[0]
G2D[1]
G2D[2]
G2D[3]
G2D[4]
G2D[5]
G2D[6]
G2D[7]
GND-75
GND-76
IC 27
uPD65948G L-114NMU
VDD- 77
VDD- 78
A[1]
A[2]
A[3]
A[4]
A[5]
A[6]
A[7]
A[8]
A[9]
A[10]
A[11]
A[12]
A[13]
A[14]
A[15]
A[16]
GND-95
GND-96
A[20]
A[21]
A[22]
CS0_N
CS4_N
CS6_N
BS_N
RW (RD/WR-)
RD_ N
WE0_N
WE1_N
DRE Q[0]_N
DRE Q[1]_N
DRA K[0]_N
DRA K[1]_N
WAIT_N
VDD 113
BR 51
MNR04 4.7K
VDD- 304
VDD- 303
CDD[1 5]
CDD[1 4]
CDD[1 3]
CDD[1 2]
GND- 298
VDD- 297
CDD[1 1]
CDD[1 0]
CDD[9 ]
CDD[8 ]
GND- 292
VDD- 291
CDD[7 ]
CDD[6 ]
CDD[5 ]
CDD[4 ]
GND- 286
GND- 285
CDD[3 ]
CDD[2 ]
CDD[1 ]
CDD[0 ]
GND- 280
VDD- 279
CDA CKD_N
CDA CKC_N
CDRE QD
CDRE QC
GND- 274
VDD- 273
CDUB E_N
CDWR_ N
CDRD_ N
CDCS _N
GND 268
304
303
302
301
300
299
298
297
296
295
294
293
292
291
290
289
288
287
286
285
284
283
282
281
280
279
278
277
276
275
274
273
272
271
270
269
268
GN D
3.3VGA1
C9 0
F0.1u/16
GN D
BR158 MNR04 33
1
8
2
7
3
6
4
5
C328
A33u/10
GN D
GN D
TP954
TP953
TP948
TP951
FB 7
MEM2012(NM)
GN D
CD1A[0:3]
CD1 D[ 0:15]
3.3VGA1
CD1 D1 1
CD1 D1 0
CD 1D9
CD 1D8
4
GN D
TP1098
3.3VGA1
C8 9
F0.1u/16
BR157 MNR04 33
1
8
2
7
3
6
4
5
0
+3.3V
3.3VGA1
C8 8
F0.1u/16
TP956
TP957
TP958
TP955
0
R9 1
3.3VGA1
C8 7
F0.1u/16
CD1 D1 5
CD1 D1 4
CD1 D1 3
CD1 D1 2
R271
C8 6
F0.1u/16
BR156 MNR04 33
1
8
2
7
3
6
4
5
0
TP962
TP961
TP960
TP959
0
R301
TP1057 R1028 33(1608) CD1AC KD0TP1058 R1027 33(1608) CD1AC KC0TP363
CD1 RE QD0
TP375
CD1 RE QC0
3.3VGA1
R300
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
A20
97
A21
98
A22
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
33 TP416
108
33
109
TP691
110
TP690
111
R2 12 TP916 112
33
113
GN D
3.3VGA1
1
C110
F0.1u/16
GN D
GN D
DRE Q[0]DRE Q[1]-
CS 0CS 4CS 6BSRD/ WRRDWE0 WE1 R1006
R1007
DRAK[ 0]
DRAK[ 1]
WAIT-
A[1:25]
3.3VGA1
C115
F0.1u/16
GN D
A
B
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 10
C
C
D
E
5/10
VGA1
3.3VGA1
C9 1
F0.1u/16
6
ND
3.3VGA1
GN D
3.3VGA1
3.3VGA1
C9 2
F0.1u/16
3.3VGA1
3.3VGA1
3.3VGA1
C9 4
C9 5
C9 6
C9 3
C9 7
B0.1u/25(1608)B0.1u/25( 1608)B0.1u/25(1608)B0.1u/25(1608)B0.1u/25(1608)
GN D
GN D
GN D
GN D
GN D
GN D
BR162 MNR04 33
M1 D7
5
4
M1 D6
6
3
M1 D5
7
2
M1 D4
8
1
BR161 MNR04 33
M1 D3
5
4
M1 D2
6
3
M1 D1
7
2
M1
D0
8
1
TP999
TP998
TP997
TP994
TP995
TP970
TP971
TP993
BR160 MNR04 33
BR163 MNR04 33
M1D11
5
4
M1D10
6
3
M1 D9
7
2
M1 D8
8
1
TP996
TP1000
TP1001
TP1002
M1D15
M1D14
M1D13
M1D12
TP1006
TP1005
TP1004
TP1003
5
6
7
8
4
3
2
1
CD 1IRQCD1 CLK
CD1 RESTP1062
TP428
TP1061
TP371
BR168 MNR04 33
CD1 A3
1
8
CD1 A2
2
7
CD1 A1
3
6
CD1 A0
4
5
TP361
TP360
TP359
TP372
4
CDRE QC
GND- 274
VDD- 273
CDUB E_N
CDWR_ N
CDRD_ N
CDCS _N
GND- 268
GND- 267
VDD- 266
VDD- 265
CDA [3]
CDA [2]
CDA [1]
CDA [0]
GND- 260
VDD- 259
CDIRQ
CDCL K
CDRE S_N
TRES_N
GND- 254
VDD- 253
MD[15]
MD[14]
MD[13]
MD[12]
GND- 248
GND- 247
MD[11]
MD[10]
MD[9 ]
MD[8 ]
GND- 242
VDD- 241
MD[7 ]
MD[6 ]
MD[5 ]
MD[4 ]
GND- 236
VDD- 235
MD[3 ]
MD[2 ]
MD[1 ]
MD[0 ]
VDD- 230
VDD- 229
274
273
272
271
270
269
268
267
266
265
264
263
262
261
260
259
258
257
256
255
254
253
252
251
250
249
248
247
246
245
244
243
242
241
240
239
238
237
236
235
234
233
232
231
230
229
TP374 R1005 33
CD1 UBETP1059 R1026
33(1608) CD 1WRTP1060 R1025
33(1608) C D1RDTP364 R1024
33(1608) CD1 CS -
M1D[0:15]
GND-228
GND-227
MA[15]
MA[14]
MA[13]
MA[12]
GND-222
VDD-221
MA[11]
MA[10]
MA[9]
MA[8]
GND-216
VDD-215
MA[7]
MA[6]
MA[5]
MA[4]
GND-210
VDD-209
MA[3]
MA[2]
MA[1]
MA[0]
GND-204
VDD-203
MUB_N
MLB_N
MWE_N
MOE_N
MCE_N
GND-197
VDD-196
RES_N
CPURES_N
MANRES_N
GND-192
GND-191
VDD-190
VDD-189
RAMUB_N
RAMLB_N
RAMWE_N
RAMOE_N
RAMCE_N
GND-183
BFDIR
BFOE_N
GND-180
ROMOCID[1]
ROMOCID[0]
ROMOCD[1]
ROMOCD[0]
ROMBNK[2]
ROMBNK[1]
ROMBNK[0]
GND-172
VDD-171
ROMRY
ROMOWP_N
ROMOWE_N
ROMOOE_N
ROMOCE_N
GND-165
ROMNRY
ROMNWP_N
ROMNWE_N
ROMNOE_N
ROMNCE_N
ROMPRY
ROMWP_N
ROMPWE_N
ROMPOE_N
ROMPCE_N
GND-154
GND-153
WE0_N
WE1_N
DRE Q[0]_N
DRE Q[1]_N
DRA K[0]_N
DRA K[1]_N
WAIT_N
VDD- 113
VDD- 114
GND-115
GND-116
CLK
BSSEL[ 0]
BSSEL[ 1]
IRQ [0]_N
IRQ [1]_N
MODE3
GND-123
D[0]
D[1]
VDD- 126
GND-127
D[2]
D[3]
GND-130
D[4]
D[5]
GND-133
GND-134
D[6]
D[7]
VDD- 137
GND-138
D[8]
D[9]
GND-141
D[10]
D[11]
VDD- 144
GND-145
D[12]
D[13]
GND-148
D[14]
D[15]
VDD- 151
VDD- 152
8G L-114NMU
228
227
226
225
224
223
222
221
220
219
218
217
216
215
214
213
212
211
210
209
208
207
206
205
204
203
202
201
200
199
198
197
196
195
194
193
192
191
190
189
188
187
186
185
184
183
182
181
180
179
178
177
176
175
174
173
172
171
170
169
168
167
166
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
157
156
155
154
153
BR175
MNR04 33
TP981 1
8 M1A15
TP984 2
7 M1A14
TP982 3
6 M1A13
TP985 4
5 M1A12
BR174
MNR04 33
TP983 1
8 M1A11
TP978 2
7 M1A10
TP979 3
6 M1A9
TP977 4
5 M1A8
BR173
MNR04 33
TP980 1
8 M1A7
TP974 2
7 M1A6
TP976 3
6 M1A5
TP973 4
5 M1A4
BR172
MNR04 33
TP975 1
8 M1A3
TP988 2
7 M1A2
TP987 3
6 M1A1
TP986 4
5 M1A0
TP992
TP989
TP972
TP991
TP990
R1052
R1053
R1054
R1055
R1056
R1011
R1013
TP940
33(1608)
33(1608)
33(1608)
33(1608)
33(1608)
33
33
BR138
MNR04 62
1
8
2
7
3
6
4
5
TP917
TP918
TP919
TP921
TP920
M1A[0:15]
B0.1u/25( 1608)
C9 8
GN D
3.3VGA1
B0.1u/25( 1608)
C9 9
GN D
3.3VGA1
3
B0.1u/25( 1608)
C101
GN D
3.3VGA1
M1UBM1LBM1WEM1OEM1CE-
B0.1u/25( 1608)
C102
GN D
3.3VGA1
B0.1u/25(1608)
C103
GN D
3.3VGA1
R509
CPURESMANRESF0.1u/16
C105
R529
33
3.3VGA1
RAMUBRAMLBRAMWERAMOERAMCE-
100
RES-
C401
C100/50
GN D
GN D
TP932
TP930
TP931
TP933
TP929
TP928
TP934
R1012
33
R1001
33
TP925
TP924
TP923
TP922
TP935
TP938
TP937
TP942
TP936
TP941
TP945
TP939
TP944
TP946
TP943
RO MOCID1
RO MOCID0
ROMOCD1
ROMOCD0
ROMBANK1
ROMBANK0
BR139
MNR04 33
1
8
2
7
3
6
BR140
4
5
MNR04 33
8
1
2
7
BR141 3
6
MNR04 33 4
5
1
8
2
7
BR142
3
6
4
5 MNR04 33
1
8
2
7
3
6
4
5
F0.1u/16
C109
3.3VGA1
RO MORY
ROMOWPROMOWEROMOOEROMOCE-
GN D
2
RO MNRY
ROMNWPROMNWEROMNOEROMNCE RO MPRY
ROMPWPROMPWEROMPOEROMPCE-
3VGA1
C115
F0.1u/16
D1 4
D1 5
D1 2
D1 3
D1 0
D1 1
D8
D9
D6
D7
D4
D5
D2
D3
D0
D1
33
33 TP684
33
R1008
R1009
R1010
D[0:15]
3.3VGA1
IRQ 0IRQ 1MD3
TP915
CK IO_GA1
TP914
DRE Q[0]DRE Q[1]-
WE1 R1006
R1007
DRAK[ 0]
DRAK[ 1]
WAIT-
33 TP416
33
TP691
TP690
R2 12 TP916
33
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
GN D
3.3VGA1
C111
F0.1u/16
R94
R(NM)
R95
R(NM)
R9 6
0
R9 7
0
3.3VGA1
3.3VGA1
C112
F0.1u/16
GN D
GN D
1
3.3VGA1
C113
F0.1u/16
C114
F0.1u/16
GN D
GN D
GN D
GN D
C
D
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 11
E
4
3
FAX MAIN PWB (GA1-CODEC)
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
BR 57
BR 58
BR59
BR 60
MNR04 ( NM) MNR04 ( NM) MNR04 ( NM) MNR04 ( NM)
D
+3.3V
CD1A[0:3]
IC 28
CD 1A3
CD 1A2
CD 1A1
CD 1A0
CD1 D[ 0:15]
CD2D[0:15]
CD 2D15
CD 2D14
CD 2D13
CD 2D12
CD 2D11
CD 2D10
CD 2D9
CD 2D8
CD 2D7
CD 2D6
CD 2D5
CD 2D4
CD 2D3
CD 2D2
CD 2D1
CD 2D0
C
BR114
4
3
2
1
BR116
4
3
2
1
CD1 RD-
1
CD2 RD-
2
MNR04 0
5
6
7
8
MNR04 0
5
6
7
8
R602 62
3
IC 82A
TC74LCX08FT
CD 1WR-
4
CD 2WR-
5
+3.3V
MNR04 0
5
6
7
BR115
8
4
3
2
MNR04 0 1
5
6
7
BR117
8
4
3
2
1
CD 1D15
CD 1D14
CD 1D13
CD 1D12
CD 1D11
CD 1D10
CD 1D9
CD 1D8
CD 1D7
CD 1D6
CD 1D5
CD 1D4
CD 1D3
CD 1D2
CD 1D1
CD 1D0
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
26
27
28
29
CD1 UBE-
31
7
8
30
2
CD1 CS-
1
CD1 RESCD2 IRQ0
CD1 IRQCD2 IRQ1
R604 62
6
IC 82B
TC74LCX08FT
R109
10K
R112
10K
42
43
44
45
R306
R(NM)
R307
0
R103 1K
TP968
TP969
R308 1K
CD1 REQC0
C D2ACKC-
TP373
CD2 REQC
CD1 REQD0
C D2ACKD-
TP362
CD2 REQD
C D2ACKC-
CD2ACKCCD1ACKD0-
R528
R(NM)
X3
1
4
FB 23
MEM2012(NM)
OE
OUT
VDD
GND
R111 0
CD1 CLK
3
CD2ACKD+3.3V
R113 R(NM)
R115 0
TP376
TP418
FB 8
TP377
MEM2012(NM)
2
CLK16M
OSC515101J IS-16.0000M Hz-3.3TR
GN D
GN D
C245 F0.1u/16 +3.3V
125
126
127
128
GN D
GN D
9
24
36
54
65
80
91
102
113
123
C129
C130
C131
C132
C133
C134
C135
C136
C137
C138
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
F0.1u/16
B
32
33
34
35
38
39
TP966 40
C D2ACKD41
R114 R(NM) TP967
6
TP366
10
CD1ACKC0-
R527
0
+3.3V
3
4
5
124
114
103
92
81
66
55
37
25
11
+3.3V
115
GN D
118
C329
A33u/10
A3
A2
A1
A0
IA15
IA14
IA13
IA12
IA11
IA10
IA9
IA8
IA7
IA6
IA5
IA4
IA3
IA2
IA1
IA0
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
ID15
ID14
ID13
ID12
ID11
ID10
ID9
ID8
ID7
ID6
ID5
ID4
ID3
ID2
ID1
ID0
UBERDWRCSHEXRESETINTR0
INTR1
INTR2
REQC0
REQC1
REQD0
REQD1
IHREQ
IHACK
IREADY
ACKC0ACKC1ACKD0ACKD1-
IMUEIMLEIMRIMW-
CLKIN
CLKOUT
EXA0
EXA1
TEST3
TEST2
TEST1
TEST0
DREQ0
DREQ1
DACK0DACK1-
VDD1
VDD2
VDD3
VDD4
VDD5
VDD6
VDD7
VDD8
VDD9
VDD10
DCMP0DCMP1IORIOWPLLOFF
NC67
NC68
NC69
NC70
NC71
NC72
VSS10
VSS9
VSS8
VSS7
VSS6
VSS5
VSS4
VSS3
VSS2
VSS1
SCANEN
MINTEST
MINTIN
MINTC
PCO
75
76
77
78
79
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
93
94
TP310
TP318
TP313
TP314
TP317
TP312
TP315
TP316
TP323
TP322
TP321
TP326
TP325
TP324
TP328
TP329
IA 15
IA 14
IA 13
IA 12
IA 11
IA 10
IA9
IA8
IA7
IA6
IA5
IA4
IA3
IA2
IA1
IA0
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
TP331
TP330
TP332
TP333
TP334
TP336
TP335
TP337
TP338
TP340
TP339
TP341
TP342
TP344
TP343
TP345
ID 15
ID 14
ID 13
ID 12
ID 11
ID 10
ID 9
ID 8
ID 7
ID 6
ID 5
ID 4
ID 3
ID 2
ID 1
ID 0
46
47
TP358
TP963
R302
56
TP1056
59
60
50
51
TP349
TP351
TP365 R1029
TP357 R1030
62
61
TP352
TP353
49
48
TP964
TP965
64
63
TP354
TP355
58
57
TP350
TP356
52
53
TP370
TP348
R304
R305
10K
10K
122
67
68
69
70
71
72
TP308
TP320
TP327
TP309
TP319
TP311
117
116
74
73
120
R122
TP347
2K
GN D
VREF5
VCOI
AVDD
119
TP346
R123
C139
B2200/50
121
AVSS
GN D
MN86065
GN D
A
3
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 12
10K
33(16
33(16
C141
F0.1u/16
4
10K
R303
10
2
1
6/10
D
ID [0: 15]
IC 77
IA[0:15]
IA 15
IA 14
IA 13
IA 12
IA 11
IA 10
IA9
IA8
IA7
IA6
IA5
IA4
IA3
IA2
IA1
IA0
ID 15
ID 14
ID 13
ID 12
ID 11
ID 10
ID 9
ID 8
ID 7
ID 6
ID 5
ID 4
ID 3
ID 2
ID 1
ID 0
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
R302
10K
R303
10K
1029
1030
BR 61
+3.3V
MNR04 10K
5
6
7
8 BR62 MNR04 10K
4
5
3
6
BR 63
2
7
MNR04 10K1
8
5
6
7
8 BR64 MNR04 10K
4
5
3
6
2
7
1
8
+3.3V
IA 15
IA 14
IA 13
IA 12
IA 11
IA 10
IA9
IA8
IA7
IA6
IA5
IA4
IA3
IA2
IA1
IA0
1
2
3
4
5
18
19
20
21
24
25
26
27
42
43
44
6
17
41
39
40
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
I/O15
I/O14
I/O13
I/O12
I/O11
I/O10
I/O9
I/O8
I/O7
I/O6
I/O5
I/O4
I/O3
I/O2
I/O1
I/O0
CE
WE
OE
LB
UB
NC
NC
NC
VCC
VCC
VSS
VSS
38
37
36
35
32
31
30
29
16
15
14
13
10
9
8
7
ID 15
ID 14
ID 13
ID 12
ID 11
ID 10
ID 9
ID 8
ID 7
ID 6
ID 5
ID 4
ID 3
ID 2
ID 1
ID 0
22
23
28
+3.3V
C260
F0.1u/16
11
33
C258
A33u/10
12
34
C259
F0.1u/16
GN D
IS61LV6416-12T
GN D
+3.3V
C
R1062
10K
R1063
10K
R1064
10K
R1065
10K
+3.3V
33(1608)
33(1608)
R304
R305
10K
10K
M1D[0:15]
GN D
M1A[0:15]
IC 32
M1A15
M1A14
M1A13
M1A12
M1A11
M1A10
M1A9
M1A8
M1A7
M1A6
M1A5
M1A4
M1A3
M1A2
M1A1
M1A0
K
GN D
R123
C139
C140
B2200/50
F0.01u/50
GN D
M1CEM1WEM1OEM1LBM1UB-
100 TP1011
1
2
3
4
5
18
19
20
21
24
25
26
27
42
43
44
6
17
41
39
40
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
I/O15
I/O14
I/O13
I/O12
I/O11
I/O10
I/O9
I/O8
I/O7
I/O6
I/O5
I/O4
I/O3
I/O2
I/O1
I/O0
CE
WE
OE
LB
UB
NC
NC
NC
VCC
VCC
VSS
VSS
GN D
38
37
36
35
32
31
30
29
16
15
14
13
10
9
8
7
22
23
28
BR179
MNR04 33
1
8
2
7
BR178 3
6
MNR04 33 4
5
1
8
2
7
BR177
3
6
4
5 MNR04 33
1
8
2
7
BR176 3
6
MNR04 33 4
5
1
8
2
7
3
6
4
5
TP368
TP369
TP367
M1D15
M1D14
M1D13
M1D12
M1D11
M1D10
M1D9
M1D8
M1D7
M1D6
M1D5
M1D4
M1D3
M1D2
M1D1
M1D0
B
+3.3V
11
33
C142
A33u/10
12
34
C143
F0.1u/16
C144
F0.1u/16
IS61LV6416-12T
GN D
A
1
2
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 13
8
7
6
5
FAX MAIN PWB (MN195006E)
MDM3.3V
MDM1.8V
C282
A33u/10
C283
A33u/10
MDM3.3V
+3.3V
TP1241
C284
F0.1u/16
C285
F0.1u/16
C286
F0.1u/16
C287
F0.1u/16
C288
F0.1u/16
C289
F0.1u/16
C290
F0.1u/16
C291
F0.1u/16
C292
F0.1u/16
C293
F0.1u/16
C320
F0.1u/16
D
MDMIRQ
R1031
MDM3.3V
GN D
13 TP1258
14
12
7
33
R167
4.7K
R170
33
R380
R(NM)
TP601
IC 89F
TC74LCX04FT
GN D
CS5-
R249
0
IC 24D
IC 24C
14
14
TP750
TP749 5
9
8
6
7
7
TC74LCX04FT
TC74LCX04FT
IC 24B14
3
4
7
TC74LCX04FT
IC 24A 14
2
7
TC74LCX04FT
R532
33
TP751
1
C294
F0.1u/16
C295
F0.1u/16
C296
F0.1u/16
C297
F0.1u/16
C298
F0.1u/16
C299
F0.1u/16
C300
F0.1u/16
R296
0
R297
0
C255
F0.1u/16
C301
F0.1u/16
MDM3.3V
RD -
TC74LCX08FT
WE1WE0MDMRES-
R510
100
41
C402
C100/50
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
GN D
A[1:25]
C
75
74
73
71
72
MNR04 100
4
5
3
6
2
7
1
8
BR112
TP29
GN D
D[0:15]
MNR04 100
4
5
3
6
2
7
1
8
D1 5
D1 4
D1 3
D1 2
D1 1
D1 0
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
BR118
MNR04 100
4
5
3
6
2
7
1
8
BR120
MNR04 100
4
5
3
6
2
7
1
8
BR111
MNR04 100
4
5
3
6
2
7
1
8
100
98
96
95
94
93
91
90
88
87
85
84
GN D
53
52
97
86
62
42
21
9
55
54
92
78
68
44
30
15
3
NDPCS
NDPRD
NDPWR
NUB
NLB
REGOU T
REGOU T
2
T3IRQ
VDD2
VDD2
VDD2
VDD2
VDD2
VDD2
1
3
VDDRE G
VDDRE G
1
VDD3
VDD3
VDD3
VDD3
VDD3
VDD3
VDD3
R533
62
AVDD
IC 75A
IC 36
34
OSC5155
GN D
TP
NDBGREQ
DBGMOD
PLLON
TMS
TCK
TDI
TDO
NRESET
CXIN
CXOUT
CLKOUT
CNT
LON
DPA11
DPA10
DPA09
DPA08
DPA07
DPA06
DPA05
DPA04
DPA03
DPA02
DPA01
DPA00
SCANNT
MINTEST
INTEST
MODE0
MODE1
MN195006E
EYECLK
EYEDAT
26
27
36
33
31
29
28
GN
R607
R608
R609
R368
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
47K
TP1247
TP1248
39
38
43
37
51
MDMCLK
2 JP 15
SD00415- 52
2 JP 16
SD00415- 52
1
45
46
48
49
50
1
GN D
57
58
R315
47K
R316
47K
BR113
MNR04 100
4
5
3
6
2
7
1
8
BR119
MNR04 100
4
5
3
6
2
7
1
8
25
24
22
20
19
18
16
14
13
12
10
8
7
6
4
2
DPD15
DPD14
DPD13
DPD12
DPD11
DPD10
DPD09
DPD08
DPD07
DPD06
DPD05
DPD04
DPD03
DPD02
DPD01
DPD00
ABITCLK
ASPCLK
ATXD
ARXD
BBITCLK
BSPCLK
BTXD
BRXD
GPIO0
GPIO1
GPIO2
GPIO3
GPIO4
GPIO5
65
66
69
67
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
76
77
79
81
82
83
R320
47K
35
99
89
80
70
64
56
47
40
32
23
17
11
5
AVSS
BR121
59
60
63
61
GN D
R321
47K
GN D
GN D
GN D
R566
B
GN D
GN D
A
8
7
6
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 14
5
33
14 IC89D
8
9
7
TC74LCX04FT
14 IC 89E
10
7
TC74L
4
3
2
1
7/10
D17
1SS355(NM)
R619
R(NM)
TP1241
+5V
IN
TP1242 R375
R376
R(NM)
R(NM)
R618
0
MDM1.8V
R374
2.2K
D
4
OUT2
1
C255
1u/16
LM1117MPX-1.8(NM)
2
OUT1
GND
IC76
3
C256
F0.1u/16
C257
A33u/10 (NM)
C315
F0.1u/16
SI3OUT
GN D
R377
R378
0
0
C416
B0.027u/10
MDM3.3V
CN7
R512
0
R370
1
2
3
4
20K
MDM3.3V
C317
F0.1u/16
FB 21
MEM2012(NM)
Vhnd
C316
A10u/16 (NM)
TX+
RX+
RXTXB4B-PH-K-S(NM)
GN D
C311
F1u/10( 1608)
IC 87
GN D
GN D
GN D
MDMCLK
SPKRR
MBIAS
HDST
SDI
SDO
FSYNC
MCLK
SCLK
SPKRL
LINEO
GND
VA
VD
LINEI
MIC
RESET
R372
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
15K
4
2
3
NJM2135M(NM)
C308
A10u/16 (NM)
C312
F10u/10( 3216)(NM)
5
1
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
C304 F0.1u/16
IC 88
6
X8
R511
OSC515500J IS-24.576MH z-3.3TR
R(NM)
3
1
OUT
OE
TP1249
2
4
GND VDD
C310
F1u/10( 1608)
MDMCLK
2 JP 15
SD00415- 52(NM)
2 JP 16
SD00415- 52(NM)
C313
F0.1u/16
Si3000-KS(NM)
MDM3.3V
R373
GN D
R315
7K
R316
47K
R317
47K
R318
47K
GN D
C309
A10u/16 (NM)
22K
C314
F0.1u/16
R319
47K
MDM_ASPCLK
MDM_ATXD
MDM_ARXD
R371
R(NM)
GN D
Vhnd
GN D
GN D
C
HNDM UTE-
MDM3.3V
R323
47K
R324
47K
R325
47K
R326
47K
R327
47K
AFERES-
R321
47K
GN D
R322
R(NM)
R329
47K
GN D
GN D
R328
R(NM)
GN D
MDM3.3V
R314
47K
4FT
14 IC 89E
10
11
7
TC74LCX04FT
MDM_ABITCLK
B
+3.3V
+3.3V
C414
F0.1u/16
C415
F0.1u/16
TP147
13
GN D
GN D
IC24F 14
12
7
TC74LCX04FT
TP148
GN D
R622
0
R620
0
MDM3.3V
R621
R(NM)
Vhnd
FB 24
MEM2012(NM)
+5V
GN D
GN D
A
GN D
4
3
2
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 15
1
A
B
C
FAX MAIN PWB (GA2)
4
0
R299
0
R272
0
R184
0
3.3VGA2
C179
F0.1u/16
TP1063
3.3VGA2
+3.3V
FB10
MEM2012(NM)
3.3VGA2
C180
F0.1u/16
GN D
D[0:15]
C340
A33u/10
GN D
R180
R(NM) R181
0
R182
R(NM) R183
0
304
303
D1 5
302
D1 4
301
300
D1 3
299
D1 2
298
297
296
D1 1
295
D1 0
294
293
D9
292
D8
291
290
289
D7
288
D6
287
286
285
D5
284
D4
283
282
D3
281
D2
280
279
278
D1
277
D0
276
275
TP212
274
FAXCS1PTP213
273
FAXACK1PIRQ 2272
TP211
271
TP214
270
269
CK IO_GA2
268
267
266
R2 17
265
WAI T264 TP215
33
263
WE1262
WE0261
RDTP210
260
FAXREQ1P259
BS258
CS2A25
257
A24
256
A23
255
A22
3.3VGA2
R298
C181
F0.1u/16
GN D
GN D
3.3VGA2
GN D
C182
F0.1u/16
C18
F0.1u
GN D
VDD- 304
VDD- 303
D[15]
D[14]
GND- 300
D[13]
D[12]
GND- 297
VDD- 296
D[11]
D[10]
GND- 293
D[9]
D[8]
GND- 290
VDD- 289
D[7]
D[6]
GND- 286
GND- 285
D[5]
D[4]
GND- 282
D[3]
D[2]
GND- 279
VDD- 278
D[1]
D[0]
GND- 275
NC[3 ]
NC[2 ]
IRQ[2]_N
BSSEL[ 1]
BSSEL[ 0]
CLK_SYS
GND- 268
GND- 267
VDD- 266
VDD- 265
WAIT_N
WE1_N
WE0_N
RD_ N
NC[1 ]
BS_N
CS5_N
A[25]
A[24]
A[23]
GN D
3.3VGA2
BR180
MNR04 33
G2 D7 1
8
G2 D6 2
7
G2 D5 3
6
G2 D4 4
5
G2 D3
1
8
G2 D2
2
7
G2 D1
3
6
TP257
TP858
TP855
TP856
TP857
G2 D0
4
5
G1 D7
BR181
G1 D6
MNR04 33
G1 D5
1
2
3
4
GN D
5
6
3.3VGA2
7
BR75
8
MNR04 4.7K
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
G1D[0:7]
3.3VGA2
17
18
19
C184
20
G1 D4
F0.1u/16
21
G1 D3
22
G1 D2
23
G1 D1
GN D
24
G1 D0
25
G2ACK26
G2REQR1032
33(1608)27
G1ACKR1033
33(1608)28
G1REQ29
R188
4.7K
TP258
30
3.3VGA2
31
CD2CLK
TP1046
32
CD2 RESTP880
33
CD2 IRQ0
TP896
34
CD2 IRQ1
TP879
35
3.3VGA2
GN D
CD2 UBETP881
36
37
38
C187
39
F0.1u/16
40
CD 2CS- TP883
41
CD2RD- TP882
R1034 33(1608)42
GN D
CD2 WR- TP884
R1035 33(1608)43
CD 2A0
TP287
44
3.3VGA2
CD 2A1
TP288
45
CD 2A2
TP289
46
CD 2A3
TP290
47
C189
48
F0.1u/16
49
TP293
50
CD2 REQC0
TP1104
51
CD2 REQC1
GN D
TP901
52
CD2ACKC0TP902
53
CD2ACKC1TP292
54
CD2 REQD0
3.3VGA2
TP887
55
CD2 REQD1
TP885
56
CD2ACKD057
C191
58
CD2ACKD1R1014
33
TP886
F0.1u/16
59
CD 2D0
TP806
60
CD 2D1
GN D
TP807
61
CD 2D2
3.3VGA2
TP804
62
CD 2D3
TP809
63
64
C193
65
CD 2D4
F0.1u/16
TP808
66
CD 2D5
TP805
67
CD 2D6
GN D
TP810
68
CD 2D7
3.3VGA2
TP811
69
CD 2D8
TP812
70
71
C195
72
CD 2D9
TP815
F0.1u/16
73
CD 2D10 TP814
74
75
76
3
CD2A[0:3]
2
GND-1
GND-2
G2D[7]
G2D[6]
G2D[5]
G2D[4]
G2D[3]
G2D[2]
G2D[1]
NC[0]
TCK
TDI
TRST
TDO
G2D[0]
G1D[7]
G1D[6]
G1D[5]
VDD-19
GND-20
G1D[4]
G1D[3]
G1D[2]
G1D[1]
G1D[0]
G2ACK_N
G2REQ_N
G1ACK_N
G1REQ_N
TMS
GND-31
CDCLK
CDRES_N
CDIRQ0
CDIRQ1
CDUBE_N
VDD-37
VDD-38
GND-39
GND-40
CDCS_N
CDRD_N
CDWR_N
CDA[0]
CDA[1]
CDA[2]
CDA[3]
VDD-48
GND-49
CDREQC0
CDREQC1
CDACKC0_N
CDACKC1_N
CDREQD0
CDREQD1
CDACKD0_N
VDD-57
GND-58
CDACKD1_N
CDD[0]
CDD[1]
CDD[2]
CDD[3]
VDD-64
GND-65
CDD[4]
CDD[5]
CDD[6]
CDD[7]
CDD[8]
VDD-71
GND-72
CDD[9]
CDD[10]
GND-75
GND-76
IC 38
uPD65954G L-061NMU
VDD- 77
VDD- 78
CDD[1 1]
CDD[1 2]
CDD[1 3]
CDD[1 4]
CDD[1 5]
TRES_N
MCE _N
VDD- 86
GND- 87
MOE_N
MWE _N
MA[0]
MA[1]
MA[2]
MA[3]
MA[4]
GND- 95
GND- 96
MA[5]
MA[6]
MA[7]
MA[8]
MA[9]
MA[10]
MA[11]
VDD- 104
GND- 105
MA[12]
MA[13]
MA[14]
MA[15]
MD[0 ]
MD[1 ]
MD[2 ]
VDD- 113
VDD- 114
GND- 115
GND- 116
MD[3 ]
MD[4 ]
MD[5 ]
MD[6 ]
MD[7 ]
MD[8 ]
MD[9 ]
VDD- 124
GND- 125
MD[1 0]
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
G2D[0:7]
1
1
2
3
4
5
18
19
20
21
24
25
26
27
42
43
44
6
17
41
39
40
M2CEM2WEM2OE-
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
I/O15
I/O14
I/O13
I/O12
I/O11
I/O10
I/O9
I/O8
I/O7
I/O6
I/O5
I/O4
I/O3
I/O2
I/O1
I/O0
CE
WE
OE
LB
UB
NC
NC
NC
VCC
VCC
VSS
VSS
GN D
IS61LV6416-12T
A
38
37
36
35
32
31
30
29
16
15
14
13
10
9
8
7
22
23
28
11
33
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
8
BR190
2
7
MNR04 33 3
6
4
5
1
8
2
7 BR191
3
6 MNR04 33
4
5
1
8
BR192
2
7
MNR04 33 3
6
4
5
TP261
TP260
TP259
M2D15
M2D14
M2D13
M2D12
M2D11
M2D10
M2D9
M2D8
M2D7
M2D6
M2D5
M2D4
M2D3
M2D2
M2D1
M2D0
TP837
1
8 TP836
2
7 TP835
3
6 TP834
4
5 TP833
TP851
1
8BR187
MNR04
33 TP852
2
7
3
6
4
5
BR188
TP845
MNR04 33
TP844
M2CE-
M2A15
M2A14
M2A13
M2A12
M2A11
M2A10
M2A9
M2A8
M2A7
M2A6
M2A5
M2A4
M2A3
M2A2
M2A1
M2A0
M2 D4
M2 D5
M2 D6
M2 D7
M2 D8
M2 D9
M2D10
M2D11
M2A[0:15]
IC 41
R1002
33 TP842
R1003
33 TP841
1
8 TP853
2
7 TP850
3
6 TP849
4
5 TP827
BR182
TP824
MNR04 33
M2A4 1
8
M2A5 2
TP826
7
M2A6 3
TP825
6
M2A7 4
TP820
5
M2A8 BR183 1
8 TP822
M2A9 MNR04 332
7 TP821
M2A10
3
6 TP823
M2A11
4
5 TP831
BR184
MNR04 33
M2A12
1
8 TP828
M2A13
2
7 TP830
M2A14
3
6 TP829
M2A15
4
5 TP832
M2 D0 1
BR185
TP840
8
M2 D1 2
MNR04
33 TP838
7
M2 D2 3
TP839
6
M2 D3 4
5
BR186
MNR04 33
CD2 D[ 0:15]
M2OEM2WEM2A0
M2A1
M2A2
M2A3
CD2 D1 1 TP813
CD2 D1 2 TP816
CD2 D1 3 TP817
CD2 D1 4 TP818
CD2 D1 5 TP819
TP295
R1004
33 TP843
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
GN D
M2D[0:15]
3.3VGA2
C197
F0.1u/16
3.3VGA2
3.3VGA2
3.3VGA2
3.3VGA2
C198
B0.1u/25(1608)
C199
B0.1u/25( 1608)
C200
B0.1u/25( 1608)
C201
B0.1u/25( 1608)
GN D
GN D
GN D
GN D
GN D
3.3VGA2
C202
F0.1u/16
BR193
MNR04 33
+3.3V
C205
B0.1u/25(1608)
GN D
C203
A33u/10
12
34
C204
F0.1u/16
GN D
B
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 16
C
C
D
E
8/10
FAXREQ1P-
3.3VGA2
GN D
3.3VGA2
C178
F0.1u/16
BSCS2-
GN D
GN D
GN D
A[1:25]
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
4
WE1_N
WE0_N
RD_ N
NC[1 ]
BS_N
CS5_N
A[25]
A[24]
A[23]
A[22]
A[21]
A[20]
A[19]
A[18]
A[17]
GND- 248
GND- 247
A[16]
A[15]
A[14]
A[13]
A[12]
A[11]
A[10]
A[9]
A[8]
A[7]
A[6]
A[5]
A[4]
A[3]
A[2]
A[1]
VDD- 230
VDD- 229
263
262
261
260
259
258
257
256
255
254
253
252
251
250
249
248
247
246
245
244
243
242
241
240
239
238
237
236
235
234
233
232
231
230
229
A25
A24
A23
A22
A21
A20
A19
A18
A17
TP210
WE1
WE0RD-
C183
F0.1u/16
MD[4 ]
MD[5 ]
MD[6 ]
MD[7 ]
MD[8 ]
MD[9 ]
VDD- 124
GND- 125
MD[1 0]
MD[1 1]
MD[1 2]
MD[1 3]
MD[1 4]
MD[1 5]
SDRA M_CS_N
GND- 133
GND- 134
SDRA M_CLK
SDRA M_CKE
SDRA M_RAS_N
SDRA M_CAS_N
SDRA M_WR_ N
SDRA M_DQM0
SDRA M_DQM1
VDD- 142
GND- 143
SDRAM_BA[0]
SDRAM_BA[1]
SDRA M_A[0]
SDRA M_A[1]
SDRA M_A[2]
SDRA M_A[3]
SDRA M_A[4]
VDD- 151
VDD- 152
GND-228
GND-227
TOUT5
TOUT4
TOUT3
TOUT2
TOUT1
TIN
TEB_N
TMOD1_N
READY_N
FAXPAGE_N
PRLINE_N
SCLINE_N
HSYNC_N
GDATA[15]
GDATA[14]
GDATA[13]
GND-210
VDD-209
GDATA[12]
GDATA[11]
GDATA[10]
GDATA[9]
GDATA[8]
GDATA[7]
GDATA[6]
GDATA[5]
GDATA[4]
GDATA[3]
GDATA[2]
GDATA[1]
GDATA[0]
TR
RES_N
CLK_VID
GND-192
GND-191
VDD-190
VDD-189
FAXPRD_N
FAXREQOP_N
FAXACKOP_N
FAXCSOP_N
SDRAM_D[15]
SDRAM_D[14]
SDRAM_D[13]
GND-181
VDD-180
SDRAM_D[12]
SDRAM_D[11]
SDRAM_D[10]
SDRAM_D[9]
SDRAM_D[8]
SDRAM_D[7]
SDRAM_D[6]
GND-172
VDD-171
SDRAM_D[5]
SDRAM_D[4]
SDRAM_D[3]
SDRAM_D[2]
SDRAM_D[1]
SDRAM_D[0]
SDRAM_A[12]
GND-163
VDD-162
SDRAM_A[11]
SDRAM_A[10]
SDRAM_A[9]
SDRAM_A[8]
SDRAM_A[7]
SDRAM_A[6]
SDRAM_A[5]
GND-154
GND-153
228
227
226
225
224
223
222
221
220
219
218
217
216
215
214
213
212
211
210
209
208
207
206
205
204
203
202
201
200
199
198
197
196
195
194
193
192
191
190
189
188
187
186
185
184
183
182
181
180
179
178
177
176
175
174
173
172
171
170
169
168
167
166
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
157
156
155
154
153
TP169
TP170
TP168
TP167
TP174
TP166
TP176
TP175
TP163
TP159
TP165
TP164
TP155
GN D
R185
R186
R187
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
R1039
33(1608)
3.3VGA2
READ YFAXPAGEPR LINESC LINEHS YNCGDATA[0:15]
GDATA15
GDATA14
GDATA13
R513
0
+5V
C185
TP171
GDATA12
GDATA11
GDATA10
GDATA9
GDATA8
GDATA7
GDATA6
GDATA5
GDATA4
GDATA3
GDATA2
GDATA1
GDATA0
R1000
33
GN D
3.3VGA2
F0.1u/16
FB 22
MEM2012(NM)
GN D
R515
100
RESIC 39
TR
13
C403
C100/50
TP173
R514
R(NM)
GN D
4
OE
OUT
VDD
GND
3
1
TP156
TP755
TP151
TP152
TP191
TP763
TP190
R1038
33(1608)
R1037
R1036
33(1608)
33(1608)
1
2
3
4
C254
F0.1u/16
3.3VGA2
5
8
14
3
11
10
7
6
9
4
TP908
TP903
TP904
TP909
TP906
GND
GND
GND
TEST1
TEST2
TEST3
2
3
15
TP907
TP905
TP910
K
GN D
AK
SDRAM_D[0:15]
CKO
/CKO
CKO/2
/CKO/2
CNTCK
PULSE
CLKIN
2
C186
OSC515101J IS-28.16301M Hz-5.0TR F0.1u/16
C188
GN D
F0.1u/16
3.3VGA2
FAXPRDFAXREQ0PFAXACK0PFAXCS0PSDRA M_D15 TP779
8
SDRA M_D14 TP764
7
SDRA M_D13 TP778
6
SDRA M_D12 TP765
5
VCC
VCC
X7
1
TP172
TR
12
16
A
D2 0
DA204K
M66235FP
R1015
1K
R1016
2K
3.3VGA2
GN D
TP762
TP189
TP761
TP188
TP760
TP187
TP759
BR 77
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
MNR04 33
BR 76
MNR04 33
TP186
TP758
TP185
TP757
TP177
TP756
TP208
1
2
3
4
TP775
TP768
TP774
TP769
TP773
TP770
TP772
TP771
GN D
GN D
C192
F0.1u/16
GN D
3.3VGA2
BR 80
1
2
3
4
BR 81
SDRA M_D7
SDRA M_D6
SDRA M_D5
SDRA M_D4
SDRA M_D3
SDRA M_D2
SDRA M_D1
SDRA M_D0
C190
F0.1u/16
3.3VGA2
8
7
6
5
8
7 MNR04 33
6
5
MNR04 33
TP184
TP178
TP180
TP179
TP181
TP182
TP183
TP777
TP766
TP776
TP767
BR 78
1
2
3
4
BR 79
1
2
3
4
SDRA M_D11
SDRA M_D10
SDRA M_D9
SDRA M_D8
8
7
6
5
8
7 MNR04 33
6
5
SDRA M_A12
SDRA M_A11
SDRA M_A10
SDRA M_A9
SDRA M_A8
SDRA M_A7
SDRA M_A6
SDRA M_A5
TP795
TP796
TP797
TP798
TP799
TP800
TP801
TP802
C194
F0.1u/16
2
GN D
MNR04 33
MNR04 33
TP194
TP193
TP192
TP203
TP204
TP205
TP206
TP207
MNR04 33 BR 83
1
8
2
7
3
6
BR 85
4
5
1
8
2
7 MNR04 33
3
6
4
5
BR 84
1
2
3
4
TP784
TP786
TP785
TP787
TP788
TP789
TP790
TP791
TP792
TP793
TP794
TP783
TP782
TP781
TP780
TP209
SDRAM_BA0
SDRAM_BA1
S DRAM_A0
S DRAM_A1
S DRAM_A2
S DRAM_A3
S DRAM_A4
GN D
3.3VGA2
SD RAM_CSSDRAM_CLK
SDRAM_CKE
SDRAM_RASSDRAM_CASSDRA M_WRSDRAM_DQM0
SDRAM_DQM1
3.3VGA2
C201
0.1u/25( 1608)
M2D12
M2D13
M2D14
M2D15
M2 D5
M2 D6
M2 D7
M2 D8
M2 D9
M2D10
M2D11
1
8
2
7 TP835
3
6 TP834
4
5 TP833
TP851
1
8BR187
MNR04
33 TP852
2
7
3
6
4
5
BR188
TP845
MNR04 33
TP844
1
8 TP846
2
7 TP847
3
6 TP848
4
5 TP854
BR189
TP202
MNR04 33
1
8
TP200
2
7
TP201
3
6
TP199
4
5
BR 82
TP198
8
TP197
7 MNR04 33
TP196
6
TP195
5
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
GN D
3.3VGA2
C196
B0.1u/25(1608)
1
GN D
SDRAM_A[0:12]
C202
0.1u/16
GN D
C
D
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 17
E
5
4
3
FAX MAIN PWB (GA2-CODEC)
C D2ACKD0C D2ACKD1-
D
C D2ACKD0-
9
C D2ACKD1-
10
8
R611
33
C D2ACKD-
R612
33
C D2ACKC-
C D 2ACKD-
IC 82C
TC74LCX08FT
14
+3.3V C306
F 0.1u/16
C D2ACKC0-
C D2ACKC0-
12
C D2ACKC1-
13
GND
11
7
C D2ACKC1-
C D 2REQD
C D 2ACKC-
IC 82D
TC74LCX08FT
GND
IC 80A
C D2ACKD-
C D2ACKD-
1
3
2
TC74LCX08FT
SD RAM_D[0:15]
BA0
BA1
2
4
5
7
8
10
11
13
42
44
45
47
48
50
51
53
SDRAM_D0
SDRAM_D1
SDRAM_D2
SDRAM_D3
SDRAM_D4
SDRAM_D5
SDRAM_D6
SDRAM_D7
SDRAM_D8
SDRAM_D9
SDRAM_D10
SDRAM_D11
SDRAM_D12
SDRAM_D13
SDRAM_D14
SDRAM_D15
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
C D 2REQC
5
6
7
8
33
8
7
6 BR144
5 MNR04 33
1
8
2
7
BR145
3
6
MNR04 33 4
5
1
8
2
7
3
6 BR146
4
5 MNR04 33
1
8
2
7
3
6
4
5
5
6
7
8
BR143
MNR04
1
2
3
4
+3.3V
C 263
F 0.1u/16
14
I/O0
I/O1
I/O2
I/O3
I/O4
I/O5
I/O6
I/O7
I/O8
I/O9
I/O10
I/O11
I/O12
I/O13
I/O14
I/O15
C D2ACKC-
C D2ACKC-
GND
12
11
13
IC 80D
TC74LCX08FT
7
20
21
SDRAM_BA0
SDRAM_BA1
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
5
6
7
8
4
3
2
1
23
24
25
26
29
30
31
32
33
34
22
35
36
5
6
7
8
IC 42
SDRAM_A0
SDRAM_A1
SDRAM_A2
SDRAM_A3
SDRAM_A4
SDRAM_A5
SDRAM_A6
SDRAM_A7
SDRAM_A8
SDRAM_A9
SDRAM_A10
SDRAM_A11
SDRAM_A12
C
4
3
2
1
BR99
BR100
BR101
BR102
+3.3V MNR04 (NM) MNR04 (NM) MNR04 (NM) MNR04 (NM)
SDRAM_A[0:12]
GND
19
16
17
18
15
39
38
37
TP1095 40
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
SDRAM_CSSDRAM_WRSDRAM_CASSDRAM_RASSDRAM_DQM0
SDRAM_DQM1
SDRAM_CLK
SDRAM_CKE
R218
BR103
4.7K MNR04 4.7K
CS
WE
CAS
RAS
DQML
DQMU
CLK
CKE
NC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
1
3
9
14
27
43
49
6
12
28
41
46
52
54
+3.3V
GDMAE
C 219
A33u/10
C220 C221 C 222 C 223 C 224 C225
F 0 .1u/16 F 0 .1u/16 F 0 .1u/16 F 0 .1u/16 F 0 .1u/16 F 0 .1u/16 C 226
F 0 .1u/16
GND
CD2RES-
GND
W 981216BH-75
+3.3V
R 565
R(NM)
R 564
33
C305
F 0.1u/16
B
14
GND
12
CLK16M
11
7
13
GND
10
14
VCC
GND
PR
13
CL
CLK
GND
Q
Q
7
11
D
G ND
C 307
F 0.1u/16
+3.3V
12
IC 79D
TC74LCX32FT
9
TP1245
8
TP1246
IC 86B
TC74LCX74FT
G ND
A
5
4
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 18
3
3
2
1
9/10
8
+3.3V
GDMA
TC74LCX32FT
R1049
33(1608)
4
6
R1046
33(1608)
1
2
3
2
5
3
D
R1044
33(1608)
5
Q
IC 75B
R1041
33(1608)
4
6
TC74LCX08FT
6
Q
C 161
F 0.1u/16
+3.3V
IC 80A
14
GND
3
C D 2REQD0
5
CLK
TC74LCX08FT
8
IC 78A
TC74LCX74FT
CL
TC74LCX32FT
Q
4
IC 79A
IC 80B
PR
R1045
33(1608)
7
13
IC 78B
GND
TC74LCX74FT
9
Q
+3.3V
1
PR
VCC
CLK
CL
11
D
GND
12
14
10
C261
F 0.1u/16
C D 2REQD
D
R 1048
33(1608)
IC 79C
9
10
G ND
12
TC74LCX08FT
R1043
33(1608)
11
C D 2REQD1
7
13
+3.3V
+3.3V
IC 75D
TC74LCX08FT
GND
.3V
6
3
TC74LCX32FT
Q
8
4
5
10
IC 81A
TC74LCX74FT
9
5
10
TC74LCX08FT
IC 75C
R1042
33(1608)
8
2
D
PR
8
4
7
13
C 263
F 0.1u/16
R1047
33(1608)
IC 79B
R1050
33(1608)
IC 80C
9
Q
C D 2REQC0
C
TC74LCX08FT
CLK
CL
CLK
IC 81B
GND
TC74LCX74FT
9
Q
Q
6
1
PR
D
CL
11
VCC
C D 2REQC
GND
12
14
10
C262
F 0.1u/16
IC 74
GND
1
2
GND
A
B
11
8
IC 80D
TC74LCX08FT
9
ND
+3.3V
CLK
CLR
QA
QB
QC
QD
QE
QF
QG
QH
VCC
GND
4
R 565
C D 2REQC1
+3.3V
C 240
F 0.1u/16
G ND
PR
D
Q
Q
5
CLK
1
3
7
TP1111
TP1110
TP1109
TP1108
TP1107
TP1106
TP1105
TC74VHC164FT
IC 86A
CL
2
3
4
5
6
10
11
12
13
14
6
TC74LCX74FT
R(NM)
G C CH
13
IC 20F14
R1040
12
7
TC74LCX04FT
33(1608)
B
R 564
33
TP1244
A
3
2
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 19
1
4
3
FAX MAIN PWB (TEL/LIU IF)
VR EF
R125
56K
R128
56K
D
C146
F0.1u/16
R126
BZ
10K
VR EF
TP521
TP514
R127
3.3K TP520
R129
1K
C147
B4700/25
R516
1M
VR EF
GN D
C148
F0.1u/16
GN D
IC 33
R130
C281
SPOUT
SPOUT
C127
B2200/50
TP1243 R133
10K
VSEL
R140
10K
Q3
DTC363EKA T146
B
C
VOLCNT [A]
R135
56K
TP518
X0
X1
X2
X3
1
5
2
4
6
10
9
R141
10K
TP10
VOLCNT [B]
X
Y
3
IC 34
TP12
13
TP523
R132
R134
R136
R137
R138
R139
R142
TP11
VSEL
Y0
Y1
Y2
Y3
INH
A
B
E
Q4
DTC363EKA T146
B
C
12
14
15
11
TP517
F0.1u/16
GN D
R(NM)
VDD
VEE
VSS
16
5.1K
10K
18K
33K
62K
200K
360K
13
14
15
12
1
5
2
4
TP16
TP13
TP17
TP512
TP509
TP511
TP510
C149
F0.1u/16
7
8
6
11
10
9
BU4052B CF
X0
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
3
X
16
VDD
INH
A
B
C
7
8
VEE
VSS
BU4051B CF
TP519
GN D
GN D
E
GN D
GN D
VSEL
C
R145
10K
Q5
DTC363EKA T146
B
C
VO L[A]
R147
10K
TP21
E
Q6
DTC363EKA T146
B
C
VO L[B]
R146
10K
TP20
E
Q7
DTC363EKA T146
B
C
TP19
E
VO L[C]
C153
C(NM)
C154
C(NM)
C155
C(NM)
GN D
+5V
+12V
+5V
GN D
VR EF
VSEL
R517
0
+5VS
R518
R(NM)
R519
1K
K
C404
A47u/16
A
ZD 1
UDZ2.0B
D19
GN D
CN8
+5VS
DA20
1
2
RHS
DG
B2B-PH-K-S(NM)
C319
F0.1u/16
14
GN D
GN D
GN D
IC 90A
CI
1
S
3
B
R1018
2
R406
10K
MDM_A
RG
AFE
MDM_AB
SP
SI3O
14 IC 89C
6
5
7
TC74LCX04FT
33
12
TC74VHCT00FT
11
13
IC 90C
GN D
EXTRS
IC90D
TC74VHCT00FT
RHS
9
8
R403
10K
14 IC 89B
4
3
7
TC74LCX04FT
33
HNDM UTE-
TC74VHCT00FT
MDM
Q19
DTC114EKA T146
IC 90B
C
MDM_
MDM_AS
C
C
E
4
C
B
6
5
E
GN D
S_EN
+5VS
R563
10K
Q20
DTC363EKA T146
B
C
R1017
33
E
R401
10K
R1019
10
TC74VHCT00FT
14 IC 89A
2
1
7
TC74LCX04FT
HS 1
GN D
GN D
15
GN D
EXHS-
+5VS
Q16
DTC114EKA T146
C
0
+5VS
R385
R(NM)
IC 92E 14
10
7
TC74VHC04FT
E
R522
IC 92D 14
9
8
7
TC74VHC04FT
B
GN D
Q17
DTC114EKA T146
11
C
FAXWUR386
0
IC 92F 14
12
7
TC74VHC04FT
B
E
0
GN D
GN D
14 IC 92B
4
3
7
TC74VHC04FT
CI D2-
13
R525
0
GN D
Q18
DTC114EKA T146
GN D
C
B
E
A
R524
C323
F0.1u/16
14 IC 92A
2
1
7
TC74VHC04FT
14 IC92C
6
5
7
TC74VHC04FT
GN D
C411
C412
B1000/50
B1000/50
GN D
4
3
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 20
TP153
GN D
C413
B1000/50
GN D
14 IC20D
8
9
7
TC74LCX04FT
2
1
10/10
+5V
D
VR EF
C228
B1000/50
+5V
TP535
C229
F0.1u/16
TP522
3
X
R131
6.2K
TP533
TP27 R199
R201
TP531
TP536
SP OUT
R198
R(NM)
0 TP532
100K
R200
430K
GN D
C230
A10u/16V (NP)(NM)
6
R399
1M
C2 27
A4.7u/50
R202
3.3K
4
2
3
TP28
1
7
8
VSEL
SP+
5
R203
TP534
1
2
3
0
SP-
TP537
C150
F0.1u/16
7
8
VEE
VSS
1
2
3
IC 43
NJM2113M
16
VDD
CN9
B3B-PH-K-S
TP1096
C231
A4.7u/50
C232
A4.7u/50
GN D
CF
GN D
GN D
Q10
DTC363EKA T146
B
C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
R204
22K
MUTE
E
SPMUTE
GN D
5VS
+5VS
+3.3V
K
AK
R205
10K
A
D19
GN D
DA204K
R562
R206 R210 R520
10K
10K
10K
R1051
75K
R207
R209
R(NM)
10K
R208
R211
10K
10K
DAA (JAPAN) DAA
(EXCEPT JAPAN)
DG
DG
DG
DG
+3.3V
+3.3V
+5VS
+5VS
+24 V
+24 V
ARX D
ARXD
RGDT RGDT nAFERESnAFERESABITCLK
ABITCLK
AOUT
AOUT
SI3OUT
Not use
CID CID SON
SON
HS2HS2LIUI D
LIUI D
+5V
+5V
AG
AG
HNDMUTE
Not use
AG
AG
DG
DG
MCLOCK
MCLOCK
EXHSEXHSCIO N
CION
ATXD
ATXD
ASPCLKASPCLKCID2 LIUID2
MRON
MRON
ECON
Not use
HS1 Not use
150VONNot use
GN D
+5V
+3.3V
+5VS
AFE (JAPAN)
+5V
DAA: Not use, AFE (JAPAN): EXTMSG
AFE (EXCEPT JAPAN): DPMUTE
DAA: Not use, AFE DPON
AFE (EXCEPT JAPAN): Not use
JAPAN: CION, EXCEPT JAPAN: Not use
DAA(EXCEPT JAPAN): Not use
JAPAN: 150VON- EXCEPT JAPAN: Not use
DAA(JAPAN)
CN6
100
IC 24E 14
10
7
TC74LCX04FT
MDMCLK
R349
R535
R365
R351
R355
R536
R537
R538
R539
R540
100
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R546
0
R357
R361
R359
R541
R363
R353
R542
R410
R543
R544
R545
0
0
0
0
0
100
0
0
0
0
0
11
CI ON
MDM_ATXD
MDM_ASPCLK
CI D2 CML
EC
BR108
MNR04 2.7K
GN D
DG
DG
+3.3V
+5VS
+24V
ARXD
RGDTnAFERESABITCLK
AOUT
SI3OUT
CIDSON
HS2LIUID
+5V
AG
HNDMUTE
AG
DG
MCLOCK
EXHSCION
ATXD
ASPCLKCID2MRON
ECON
HS1150VON-
B
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
BR109
MNR04 2.7K
C238
F0.1u/16
C239
F0.1u/16
C234
A33u/10
C235
A47u/16
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
C405
C(NM)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
TX25-30P-6ST-H1
C237
F0.1u/16
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
14 IC 20E
10
11
7
TC74LCX04FT
TP1228
TP1229
150VON-
TP144
C
+24V
HS2LIU ID
14 IC20D
8
9
7
74LCX04FT
RGDT- MPXA
It changes by CPU setup.
R526
10K
MDM_ARXD
RGDTAFERESMDM_ABITCLK
SPOUT
SI3OUT
UTE-
AFE
(EXCEPT JAPAN)
DG
DG
+3.3V
+5VS
+24V
ARXD
MPXA
nAFERESABITCLK
AOUT
EXTMSG_DPMUTE
CIDSON
HS2LIUID
+5V
AG
DPON
AG
DG
MCLOCK
EXHSNot use
ATXD
ASPCLKLIUID2
MRON
Not use
HS1Not use
DG
DG
+3.3V
+5VS
+24 V
ARXD
MPXA
nAFERESABITCLK
AOUT
EXTMSG_DPMUTE
CID SON
HS2LIUID
+5V
AG
DPON
AG
DG
MCLOCK
EXHSCION
ATXD
ASPCLKLIUID2
MRON
ECON
HS1150VON-
BR110
MNR04 2.7K
GN D
C236
A47u/16
GN D
GN D
GN D
A
2
1
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 21
B. TEL LIU PWB
A
B
C
LIU PWB
R182
(E) 1.78KF 2W
R179
(U) 5.36KF 1/4W (3225)
R180
(U) 5.36KF 1/4W (3225)
R181
(U) 5.36KF 1/4W (3225)
B
C
E
R185
150
B
Q113
(NM) 2SD1266A (TO-220)
Q119
2SA1759 (SC-62)
E
C
C42
B0.22u/16V
Q117
2SD1733 (SC-63)
C
E
R184
100KF
B
Q118
2SC4548 (SC-62)
C
E
C43
B1u/16V
4
IC4
C45
B0.1u/50V
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
B
R186
2.2K 1/10W
FILT2
FILT
RX
REXT
REXT2
REF
VREG2
VREG
QE
DC
IGN
C1
RNG
RNG
Q
Q
L12
BLM31A601S
0 1/10W
0 1/10W
R246
K
ZD19
RLZ5.6B
A
C51
B0.1u/16V
C52
B0.1u/16V
R195
9.31KF
10M
R200
D8
2
1
R201
10M
3
4
S1ZB60
C55
B470p/250V (1
VA
(NM)
R202
56K 1/10W
C63
B470p/250V (1
C97
(NM) B470p/25
C91
(E) A4.7u/50V(N.P.)
R251
(U) EL0607RA-331J (E) 10 1/4W
R243
R199
56K 1/10W
SA7
(U) DSS-401M (E) DSS-301L
C66
33p/50V
(U) 0 1/4W (E) LHL10TB151K
L14
R204
680 1/10W
C90
(E) A4.7u/50V(N.P.)
L15
(U) 0 1/4W (E) RCR-875D332K
C65
L16
B0.01u/250V (E) LHL13TB103J
SA5
DSS-401M
L23
(NM) EL0607RA-331J
C87
B0.027u/50V
C57
1000p/AC250V
L21
ST-110AV
C96
(NM) B470p/25
C86
B0.027u/50V
C61
1000p/AC250V
L25
SBT-0260
MJ-64J-RD315
L13
(U) 0 1/4W (E) LHL10TB151K
C67
33p/50V
SA4
L1
C58
(NM) 1000p/AC250V
L11
BLM31A601S
L22
(NM) EL0607RA-331J
2
C53
B0.68u/16V
C
E
R203
680 1/10W
DSS-401M
1
2
3
4
5
6
F2
0 1/4W
B
C62
(NM) 1000p/AC250V
L24
SBT-0260
MJ1
(NM) DSSA-P3100SB
H1
Q120
2SC4548 (SC-62)
VA5
3
SA6
(U) DSS-401M (E) DSS-301L
R196
215F
R191
402F
ZD18
RD43FM
R192
(U) 5.36KF 1/4W (3225)
R193
(U) 5.36KF 1/4W (3225)
R194
(U) 5.36KF 1/4W (3225)
R177
(E) 1.78KF 2W
C48
B0.01u/50V
R190
78.7F
C50
B1800p/50V
Si3015-KS
R189
120K
R252
(U) EL0607RA-331J (E) 10 1/4W
L6
(E) LHL08TB102J
S4A
1
3
2
(NM) OUAZ-SH-105D
C25
L9
6
R205
4
SBT-0260
1
(U) 91 1/4W (E) 0 1/4W
0.47u 250V
8
S3A
RSB-5
MJ2
1
2
3
4
5
6
T1
T2
11
L10
13
SBT-0260
9
S3B
RSB-5
MJ-62J-RD315
JP5
(NM) 0 1/4W
A
B
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 22
C
C
D
E
1/2
R179
6KF 1/4W (3225)
R180
6KF 1/4W (3225)
R181
6KF 1/4W (3225)
R255
4
0
RGDT-
DAA3.3V
DAA3.3V
DAA3.3V
C68
QE2
DCT
IGND
C1B
RNG1
RNG2
QB
QE
10p/50V (1608)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
R188
C46
10 1/10W
R187
150p/AC250V
C94
B1000p/50V (1005)
IC3
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
IC4
FILT2
FILT
RX
REXT
REXT2
REF
VREG2
VREG
10 1/10W
MCLK
OFHK
RGDT/FSD FSYNC
M0
SCLK
VA
VD
GND
SDO
C1A
SDI
M1
FC/RGDT
AOUT
RESET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MDM_ARXD
MDM_ATXD
AFERES-
C47
B0.1u/16V
RLZ5.6B
C49
B0.22u/16V
K
D6
DAN217
A
DAAGND
R264
10K (1608)
DAAGND
AOUT
ZD17
D7
DAN217
AK
K
MDMCLK
MDM_ASPCLK
MDM_ABITCLK
Si3021-KS
Si3015-KS
DAAGND
TP9
(NM) 0 1/4W
C96
(NM) B470p/250V (3216)
R198
0
R197
0
DAAGND
C64
+3.3V
DAA3.3V
1
DG
150p/AC250V
3
3
2
C59
B0.022u/250V (2125)
C98
(NM) B0.022u/250V (3216)
AK
A
ZD19
RLZ5.6B
DAA3.3V
R183
0
FB2
(NM) MEM2012
DAAGND
D8
C60
B3300p/16V
C69
(NM) B0.01u/250V
C56
B3300p/16V
C55
B470p/250V (1608)
VA4
(NM) DSSA-P3100SB
C63
B470p/250V (1608)
C97
(NM) B470p/250V (3216)
2
Q131
(E) DTC114EKA
B
C
+5VS
R262
HS1-
E
0
1
Q132
(E) DTC114EKA AG
B
C
7
6
5
4
E
23
IC6
(E) THS-56F
C92
(E) B0.1u/16V (1005)
Q133
(E) DTC114EKA
B
C
AG
R263
HS2-
E
AG
4
AG
2
ZD25
(U) HZS2C1
R206
(U) 30 1/4W
ZD24
(U) HZS2C1
0
C25
ZD12
MTZJ30B
R168
C95
(U) B1000p/50V (1005)
3
1
PC11
(U) TLP620
AG
+5VS
4
CID2Q130
DTC114EKA
B
C
PC6
TLP621
AG
C
R266
1
CID0
E
+
C73
A0.33u/50V
C72
B1000p/50V (1005)
10K (1608)
R253
2
D2
1SS355
3
10K 1W
1
R209
0
0.47u 250V
(U) for North America, (E) for Europe.
R without W number specified is 1/16W.
1/4W or more without size specification are DIP.
D
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 23
E
1
2
3
A
TX24-30R-12ST-H1
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
DG
AG
AG
(NM) 0 1/4W (JP)
TP6
+
+3.3V
TP7
R178
(NM) 0 1/4W
0 1/4W (JP)
DG
+
0 1/4W (JP)
TP3
(NM) 0 1/4W (JP)
FB1
AOUT
MDM_ABITCLK
AFERESRGDTMDM_ARXD
CID-
HS2-
MDMCLK
CID2MDM_ASPCLK
MDM_ATXD
HS1-
0 1/4W (JP)
TP4
C38
A47u/25V
150VON
HS1
ECON
MRON
LIUID2
ASPCLKATXD
CION
EXHKDMCLOCK
DG
AG
FNETD
AG
+5V
LIUID
HS2
SON
CID
DPMUTE
AOUT
ABITCLK
nAFERESRGDTARXD
+24V
+5VS
+3.3V
DG
DG
C41
F0.1u/16V (1005)
CN1
AG
+
B
+5V
B
AG
+5VS
AG
+
R208
(NM) 0
DG
(NM) 0 1/4W (JP)
TP8
0 1/4W (JP)
TP5
C37
A47u/25V
C39
(NM) A47u/25V
C40
F0.1u/16V (1005)
4
LIU PWB
A
C35
F0.1u/16V (1005)
C31
(NM) A47u/35V
+24V
DG
Q116
DTD113ZK
B
C
AG
E
AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 24
4
16
+
+
5
1
+5VS
C
(NM) OUAZ-SH-105D
-
S4B
RSB-5
-
S3C
1SS355
D5
C
D
2/2
D
1
2
3
4
q
PARTS GUIDE
CODE :00ZARFX7//P1E
DIGITAL LASERCOPIER/
PRINTER OPTION
FAX EXPANSION KIT
MODEL
AR-FX7
CONTENTS
1
Packing material & Accessories
■
index
Parts marked with "!" are important for maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these parts with specified
ones for maintaining the safety and performance of the set.
SHARP CORPORATION
This document has been published to be used
for after sales service only.
The contents are subject to change without notice.
DEFINITION
The definition of each Rank is as follows and also noted in the list
Rank A : Maintenance parts, and consumable parts which are not included in but closely related to maintenance parts
Rank B : Performance/function parts (sensors, clutches, and other electrical parts), consumable parts
Rank E : Unit parts including PWB
Rank D : Preparation parts (External fitting, packing, parts packed together)
Rank C : Parts other than the above (excluding sub components of PWB)
Because parts marked with "!" is indispensable for the machine safety maintenance and operation, it must be replaced with
the parts specific to the product specification.
F Other than this Parts Guide, please refer to documents Service Manual(including Circuit Diagram)of this model.
F Please use the 13 digit code described in the right hand corner of front cover of the document, when you place an order.
F For U.S. only-Use order codes provided in advertising literature. Do not order from parts department.
1 Packing material & Accessories
NO.
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
13
!
!
14
15
16
101
102
103
104
105
PARTS CODE
SPAKA399ACCZZ
SPAKP2374ACZZ
TCADZ0266QSZZ
SSAKA0019SCZZ
SSAKH3012CCZZ
SSAKA0006UCZZ
SSAKA2345QCZZ
SPAKA0330QSZZ
SPAKA0329QSZZ
TINSE1115QSZZ
RADPA0002QSZZ
RADPA0001QSZZ
CPWBN0148QS31
CPWBX0140QS31
QCNW-7252XCZZ
QCNW-7253XCZZ
QCNW-7254XCZZ
QCNW-0002QSZZ
QCNW-7197XCZZ
GCOVH0024QSEZ
LSUPP0001QSZZ
XBPSD30P08KS0
XEPSD30P06X00
PRICE NEW
RANK MARK
AB
AD
AD
N
AA
AA
AA
AC
AL
AG
AW
N
AP
AQ
BS
N
N
CS
AY
AT
AH
AL
AH
AG
AC
AA
AA
PART
RANK
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
B
B
E
E
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
DESCRIPTION
Vinyl bag
Vinyl bag
Inst. manual
Vinyl bag(120×80mm)
Vinyl bag(80×120mm)
Vinyl bag(50×60mm)
Vinyl bag(260×360mm)
Spacer D
Spacer C
Operation manual
AC adapter
AC adapter
LIU PWB
FAX MAIN PWB
Line cable
Line cable
Line cable
Line cable
Line cable
FAX connector cover
Spacer(WLS18-0)
Screw(3×8KS)
Screw(3×6X)
(U.S.A,Canada)
(U.S.A,Canada)
(U.Kingdom,Hong Kong)
(Australia,New zealand)
(U.S.A,Canada)
(U.S.A.)
(Germany)
(France)
(U.Kingdom,Hong Kong)
(Australia,New zealand)
(Other countries)
1 Packing material & Accessories
4
106
5
8
13
102
6
101
103
7
9
15
104
105
10
1
104
2
16
3
11
12
PRP01773
–1–
■
Index
PARTS CODE
[C]
CPWBN0148QS31
CPWBX0140QS31
[G]
GCOVH0024QSEZ
[L]
LSUPP0001QSZZ
[Q]
QCNW-0002QSZZ
QCNW-7197XCZZ
QCNW-7252XCZZ
QCNW-7253XCZZ
QCNW-7254XCZZ
[R]
RADPA0001QSZZ
RADPA0002QSZZ
[S]
SPAKA0329QSZZ
SPAKA0330QSZZ
SPAKA399ACCZZ
SPAKP2374ACZZ
SSAKA0006UCZZ
SSAKA0019SCZZ
SSAKA2345QCZZ
SSAKH3012CCZZ
[T]
TCADZ0266QSZZ
TINSE1115QSZZ
[X]
XBPSD30P08KS0
XEPSD30P06X00
PARTS CODE
NO.
PRICE NEW PART
RANK MARK RANK
1- 15
1- 16
BS
CS
N
N
1- 102
AG
D
1- 103
AC
C
1- 101
1- 101
1- 101
1- 101
1- 101
AL
AH
AY
AT
AH
C
C
C
C
C
1- 14
1- 14
AQ
AP
B
B
1- 11
1- 9
1- 1
1- 2
1- 7
1- 5
1- 8
1- 6
AG
AL
AB
AD
AA
AA
AC
AA
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
1- 4
1- 13
AD
AW
1- 104
1- 105
AA
AA
N
N
E
E
D
D
C
C
–2–
NO.
PRICE NEW PART
RANK MARK RANK
LEAD-FREE SOLDER
The PWB’s of this model employs lead-free solder. The “LF” marks indicated on the PWB’s and the Service Manual mean “Lead-Free” solder.
The alphabet following the LF mark shows the kind of lead-free solder.
Example:
<Solder composition code of lead-free solder>
Lead-Free
5mm
Solder composition
code (Refer to the
table at the right.)
a
Solder composition
Solder composition code
Sn-Ag-Cu
a
Sn-Ag-Bi
Sn-Ag-Bi-Cu
b
Sn-Zn-Bi
z
Sn-In-Ag-Bi
i
Sn-Cu-Ni
n
Sn-Ag-Sb
s
Bi-Sn-Ag-P
Bi-Sn-Ag
p
(1) NOTE FOR THE USE OF LEAD-FREE SOLDER THREAD
When repairing a lead-free solder PWB, use lead-free solder thread.
Never use conventional lead solder thread, which may cause a breakdown or an accident.
Since the melting point of lead-free solder thread is about 40°C higher than that of conventional lead solder thread, the use of the exclusive-use
soldering iron is recommendable.
(2) NOTE FOR SOLDERING WORK
Since the melting point of lead-free solder is about 220°C, which is about 40°C higher than that of conventional lead solder, and its soldering capacity is
inferior to conventional one, it is apt to keep the soldering iron in contact with the PWB for longer time. This may cause land separation or may exceed
the heat-resistive temperature of components. Use enough care to separate the soldering iron from the PWB when completion of soldering is
confirmed.
Since lead-free solder includes a greater quantity of tin, the iron tip may corrode easily. Turn ON/OFF the soldering iron power frequently.
If different-kind solder remains on the soldering iron tip, it is melted together with lead-free solder. To avoid this, clean the soldering iron tip after
completion of soldering work.
If the soldering iron tip is discolored black during soldering work, clean and file the tip with steel wool or a fine filer.
CAUTION FOR BATTERY REPLACEMENT
(Danish)
ADVARSEL !
Lithiumbatteri – Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig håndtering.
Udskiftning må kun ske med batteri
af samme fabrikat og type.
Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandoren.
(English)
Caution !
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type
recommended by the manufacturer.
Dispose of used batteries according to manufacturer’s instructions.
(Finnish)
VAROITUS
Paristo voi räjähtää, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu.
Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan
tyyppiin. Hävitä käytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden
mukaisesti.
(French)
ATTENTION
Il y a danger d’explosion s’ il y a remplacement incorrect
de la batterie. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du
même type ou d’un type équivalent recommandé par
le constructeur.
Mettre au rebut les batteries usagées conformément aux
instructions du fabricant.
(Swedish)
VARNING
Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte.
Använd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent
typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren.
Kassera använt batteri enligt fabrikantens
instruktion.
(German)
Achtung
Explosionsgefahr bei Verwendung inkorrekter Batterien.
Als Ersatzbatterien dürfen nur Batterien vom gleichen Typ oder
vom Hersteller empfohlene Batterien verwendet werden.
Entsorgung der gebrauchten Batterien nur nach den vom
Hersteller angegebenen Anweisungen.
CAUTION FOR BATTERY DISPOSAL
(For USA, CANADA)
"BATTERY DISPOSAL"
THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A LITHIUM PRIMARY
(MANGANESS DIOXIDE) MEMORY BACK-UP BATTERY
THAT MUST BE DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. REMOVE THE
BATTERY FROM THE PRODUCT AND CONTACT YOUR
LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL AGENCIES FOR INFORMATION
ON RECYCLING AND DISPOSAL OPTIONS.
"TRAITEMENT DES PILES USAGÉES"
CE PRODUIT CONTIENT UNE PILE DE SAUVEGARDE DE
MÉMOIRE LITHIUM PRIMAIRE (DIOXYDE DE MANGANÈSE)
QUI DOIT ÊTRE TRAITÉE CORRECTEMENT. ENLEVEZ LA
PILE DU PRODUIT ET PRENEZ CONTACT AVEC VOTRE
AGENCE ENVIRONNEMENTALE LOCALE POUR DES
INFORMATIONS SUR LES MÉTHODES DE RECYCLAGE ET
DE TRAITEMENT.
All rights reserved.
Printed in Japan.
No part of this publication may be reproduced,
stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,
in any form or by any means,
electronic; mechanical; photocopying; recording or otherwise
without prior written permission of the publisher.
Trademark Acknowledgments
Microsoft Windows, MS-DOS, Windows NT, Windows 2000 are trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the U. S. A. and other countries.
Macintosh, Power Macintosh, Mac OS, LaserWriter, and AppleTalk are registered trademarks of
Apple Computer, Inc.
IBM, PC/ AT, and PowerPC are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation.
Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation.
PCL is a trademark of the Hewlett- Packard Company.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
NetWare is a registered trademark of Novell, Inc.
All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their respective owners.
SHARP CORPORATION
Digital Document System Group
Products Quality Assurance Department
Yamatokoriyama, Nara 639-1186, Japan
2003 August Printed in Japan